1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 156 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 157 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 158 continue; 159 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 160 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 161 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 162 if (FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 165 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 166 return ParsedType(); 167 } 168 } 169 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 170 return ParsedType(); 171 172 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 173 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 174 // lookup during template instantiation. 175 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 176 177 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 178 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 179 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 180 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 181 182 CXXScopeSpec SS; 183 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 184 185 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 186 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 187 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 188 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 189 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 190 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 191 } 192 193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 194 /// return the declaration of that type. 195 /// 196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 202 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 203 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 204 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 205 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 206 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 207 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 208 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 209 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 210 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 211 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 212 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 213 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 214 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 215 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 216 217 if (!LookupCtx) { 218 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 219 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 220 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 221 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 222 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 223 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 224 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 225 // 226 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 227 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 228 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 229 return ParsedType(); 230 231 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 232 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 233 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 234 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 235 236 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 237 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 238 II, NameLoc); 239 return ParsedType::make(T); 240 } 241 242 return ParsedType(); 243 } 244 245 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 246 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 247 return ParsedType(); 248 } 249 250 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 251 // lookup for class-names. 252 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 253 LookupOrdinaryName; 254 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 255 if (LookupCtx) { 256 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 257 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 258 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 259 // nested-name-specifier. 260 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 261 262 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 263 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 264 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 265 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 266 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 267 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 268 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 269 LookupName(Result, S); 270 } 271 } else { 272 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 273 LookupName(Result, S); 274 275 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 276 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 277 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 278 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 279 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 280 return TypeInBase; 281 } 282 } 283 284 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 285 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 286 case LookupResult::NotFound: 287 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 288 if (CorrectedII) { 289 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 290 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 291 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 292 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 293 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 294 TemplateTy Template; 295 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 296 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 297 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 298 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 299 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 300 if (SS && NNS) { 301 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 302 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 303 } 304 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 305 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 306 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 307 // is handled elsewhere). 308 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 309 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 310 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 311 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 312 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 313 IsCtorOrDtorName, 314 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 315 if (Ty) { 316 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 317 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 318 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 319 if (SS && NNS) 320 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 321 *CorrectedII = NewII; 322 return Ty; 323 } 324 } 325 } 326 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 327 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 328 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 329 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 330 return ParsedType(); 331 332 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 333 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 334 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 335 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 336 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 337 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 338 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 339 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 340 return ParsedType(); 341 } 342 343 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 344 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 345 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 346 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 347 if (!IIDecl || 348 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 349 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 350 IIDecl = *Res; 351 } 352 } 353 354 if (!IIDecl) { 355 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 356 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 357 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 358 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 359 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 360 // a type name. 361 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 362 return ParsedType(); 363 } 364 365 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 366 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 367 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 368 // perform the name lookup again. 369 break; 370 371 case LookupResult::Found: 372 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 373 break; 374 } 375 376 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 377 378 QualType T; 379 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 380 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 381 382 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 383 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 384 385 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 386 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 387 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 388 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 389 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 390 // Construct a type with type-source information. 391 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 392 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 393 394 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 395 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 396 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 397 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 398 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 399 } else { 400 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 401 } 402 } 403 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 404 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 405 if (!HasTrailingDot) 406 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 407 } 408 409 if (T.isNull()) { 410 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 411 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 412 return ParsedType(); 413 } 414 return ParsedType::make(T); 415 } 416 417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 418 static NestedNameSpecifier * 419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 420 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 421 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 422 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 423 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 424 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 425 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 426 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 427 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 428 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 429 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 430 } 431 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 432 } 433 434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 435 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 436 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 437 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 438 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 439 440 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 441 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 442 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 443 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 444 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 445 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 446 447 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 448 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 449 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 450 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 451 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 452 453 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 454 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 455 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 456 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 457 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 458 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 459 } 460 461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 467 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 468 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 469 LookupName(R, S, false); 470 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 471 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 472 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 473 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 474 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 475 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 476 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 477 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 478 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 479 } 480 } 481 482 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 483 } 484 485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 489 /// @code 490 /// template<class T> class A { 491 /// public: 492 /// typedef int TYPE; 493 /// }; 494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 495 /// public: 496 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 497 /// }; 498 /// @endcode 499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 500 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 501 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 502 return true; 503 504 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 505 506 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 507 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 508 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 509 return true; 510 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 511 } 512 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 513 } 514 515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 516 SourceLocation IILoc, 517 Scope *S, 518 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 519 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 520 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 521 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 522 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 523 524 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 525 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 526 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 527 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 528 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 529 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 530 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 531 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 532 // We corrected to a keyword. 533 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 534 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 535 } else { 536 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 537 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 538 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 539 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 540 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 541 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 542 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 543 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 544 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 545 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 546 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 547 } else { 548 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 549 } 550 551 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 552 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 553 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 554 SourceRange(IILoc)); 555 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 556 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 557 false, ParsedType(), 558 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 559 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 560 } 561 return; 562 } 563 564 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 565 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 566 UnqualifiedId Name; 567 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 568 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 569 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 570 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 571 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 572 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 573 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 574 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 575 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 576 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 577 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 578 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 579 } 580 return; 581 } 582 } 583 584 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 585 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 586 587 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 588 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 589 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 590 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 591 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 592 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 593 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 594 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 595 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 596 597 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 598 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 599 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 600 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 601 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 602 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 603 } else { 604 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 605 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 606 } 607 } 608 609 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 610 /// or 611 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 612 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 613 NextToken.is(tok::less); 614 615 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 616 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 617 return true; 618 619 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 620 return true; 621 } 622 623 return false; 624 } 625 626 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 627 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 628 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 629 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 630 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 631 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 632 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 633 StringRef FixItTagName; 634 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 635 case TTK_Class: 636 FixItTagName = "class "; 637 break; 638 639 case TTK_Enum: 640 FixItTagName = "enum "; 641 break; 642 643 case TTK_Struct: 644 FixItTagName = "struct "; 645 break; 646 647 case TTK_Interface: 648 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 649 break; 650 651 case TTK_Union: 652 FixItTagName = "union "; 653 break; 654 } 655 656 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 657 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 658 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 659 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 660 661 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 662 I != IEnd; ++I) 663 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 664 << Name << TagName; 665 666 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 667 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 668 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 669 return true; 670 } 671 672 return false; 673 } 674 675 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 676 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 677 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 678 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 679 680 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 681 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 682 683 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 684 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 685 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 686 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 687 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 688 } 689 690 Sema::NameClassification 691 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 692 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 693 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 694 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 695 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 696 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 697 698 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 699 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 700 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 701 } 702 703 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 704 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 705 706 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 707 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 708 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 709 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 710 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 711 return TypeInBase; 712 } 713 714 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 715 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 716 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 717 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 718 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 719 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 720 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 721 return E; 722 } 723 724 bool SecondTry = false; 725 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 726 727 Corrected: 728 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 729 case LookupResult::NotFound: 730 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 731 // call. 732 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 733 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 734 // FIXME: Reference? 735 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 736 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 737 738 // C90 6.3.2.2: 739 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 740 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 741 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 742 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 743 // the function call, the declaration 744 // 745 // extern int identifier (); 746 // 747 // appeared. 748 // 749 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 750 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 751 Result.addDecl(D); 752 Result.resolveKind(); 753 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 754 } 755 } 756 757 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 758 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 759 // "struct", or "union". 760 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 761 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 762 break; 763 } 764 765 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 766 // close to this name. 767 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 768 SecondTry = true; 769 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 770 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 771 &SS, std::move(CCC), 772 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 773 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 774 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 775 776 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 777 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 778 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 781 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 782 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 783 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 784 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 785 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 786 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 787 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 788 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 789 } 790 791 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 792 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 793 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 794 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 795 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 796 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 797 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 798 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 799 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 800 } 801 802 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 803 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 804 805 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 806 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 807 return Name; 808 809 // Also update the LookupResult... 810 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 811 Result.clear(); 812 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 813 if (FirstDecl) 814 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 815 816 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 817 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 818 // reference the ivar. 819 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 820 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 821 Result.clear(); 822 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 823 return E; 824 } 825 826 goto Corrected; 827 } 828 } 829 830 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 831 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 832 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 833 834 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 835 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 836 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 837 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 838 839 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 840 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 841 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 842 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 843 // qualified by the keyword typename. 844 // 845 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 846 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 847 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 848 // keyword here. 849 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 850 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 851 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 852 } 853 854 case LookupResult::Found: 855 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 856 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 857 break; 858 859 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 860 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 861 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 862 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 863 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 864 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 865 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 866 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 867 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 868 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 869 // ambiguous. 870 // 871 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 872 // so try again after filtering out template names. 873 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 874 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 875 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 876 break; 877 } 878 } 879 880 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 881 return NameClassification::Error(); 882 } 883 884 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 885 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 886 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 887 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 888 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 889 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 890 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 891 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 892 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 893 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 894 895 if (!Result.empty()) { 896 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 897 bool IsVarTemplate; 898 TemplateName Template; 899 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 900 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 901 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 902 Result.end()); 903 } else { 904 TemplateDecl *TD 905 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 906 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 907 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 908 909 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 910 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 911 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 912 TD); 913 else 914 Template = TemplateName(TD); 915 } 916 917 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 918 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 919 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 920 // to based on which function we selected. 921 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 922 923 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 924 } 925 926 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 927 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 928 } 929 } 930 931 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 932 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 933 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 934 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 935 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 936 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 937 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 938 return ParsedType::make(T); 939 } 940 941 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 942 if (!Class) { 943 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 944 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 945 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 946 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 947 } 948 949 if (Class) { 950 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 951 952 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 953 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 954 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 955 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 956 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 957 } 958 959 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 960 return ParsedType::make(T); 961 } 962 963 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 964 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 965 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 966 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 967 968 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 969 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 970 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 971 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 972 (NextIsOp && 973 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 974 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 975 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 976 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 977 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 978 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 979 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 980 return ParsedType::make(T); 981 } 982 983 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 984 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 985 nullptr); 986 987 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 988 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 989 } 990 991 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 992 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 993 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 994 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 995 996 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 997 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 998 // the context we'll need to return to. 999 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1000 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1001 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1002 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1003 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1004 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1005 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1006 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1007 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1008 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1009 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1010 1011 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1012 // lexical context. 1013 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1014 return DC; 1015 1016 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1017 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1018 // class is the context we need to return to. 1019 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1020 DC = RD; 1021 1022 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1023 // declared in. 1024 return DC; 1025 } 1026 1027 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1028 } 1029 1030 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1031 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1032 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1033 CurContext = DC; 1034 S->setEntity(DC); 1035 } 1036 1037 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1038 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1039 1040 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1041 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1042 } 1043 1044 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1045 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1046 /// 1047 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1048 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1049 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1050 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1051 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1052 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1053 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1054 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1055 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1056 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1057 // namespace. 1058 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1059 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1060 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1061 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1062 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1063 1064 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1065 1066 #ifndef NDEBUG 1067 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1068 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1069 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1070 #endif 1071 1072 CurContext = DC; 1073 S->setEntity(DC); 1074 } 1075 1076 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1077 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1078 1079 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1080 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1081 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1082 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1083 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1084 1085 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1086 // disappear. 1087 } 1088 1089 1090 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1091 // We assume that the caller has already called 1092 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1093 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1094 if (!FD) 1095 return; 1096 1097 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1098 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1099 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1100 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1101 CurContext = FD; 1102 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1103 1104 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1105 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1106 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1107 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1108 S->AddDecl(Param); 1109 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1110 } 1111 } 1112 } 1113 1114 1115 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1116 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1117 // rather than the top-level class. 1118 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1119 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1120 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1121 } 1122 1123 1124 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1125 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1126 /// 1127 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1128 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1129 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1130 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1131 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1132 /// attribute. 1133 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1134 ASTContext &Context) { 1135 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1136 return true; 1137 1138 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1139 return true; 1140 1141 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1142 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1146 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1147 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1148 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1149 // scope. 1150 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1151 S = S->getParent(); 1152 1153 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1154 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1155 // into any context. 1156 if (AddToContext) 1157 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1158 1159 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1160 // are function-local declarations. 1161 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1162 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1163 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1164 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1165 return; 1166 1167 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1168 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1169 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1170 return; 1171 1172 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1173 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1174 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1175 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1176 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1177 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1178 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1179 1180 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1181 break; 1182 } 1183 } 1184 1185 S->AddDecl(D); 1186 1187 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1188 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1189 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1190 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1191 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1192 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1193 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1194 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1195 continue; 1196 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1197 break; 1198 } 1199 1200 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1201 } else { 1202 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1203 } 1204 } 1205 1206 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1207 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1208 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1209 } 1210 1211 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1212 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1213 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1214 } 1215 1216 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1217 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1218 do { 1219 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1220 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1221 return S; 1222 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1223 1224 return nullptr; 1225 } 1226 1227 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1228 DeclContext*, 1229 ASTContext&); 1230 1231 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1232 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1233 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1234 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1235 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1236 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1237 while (F.hasNext()) { 1238 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1239 1240 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1241 continue; 1242 1243 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1244 continue; 1245 1246 F.erase(); 1247 } 1248 1249 F.done(); 1250 } 1251 1252 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1253 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1254 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1255 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1256 } 1257 1258 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1259 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1260 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1261 while (F.hasNext()) 1262 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1263 F.erase(); 1264 1265 F.done(); 1266 } 1267 1268 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1269 /// @code 1270 /// class S { 1271 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1272 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1273 /// }; 1274 /// @endcode 1275 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1276 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1277 // the decl here. 1278 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1279 return false; 1280 1281 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1282 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1283 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1284 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1285 return false; 1286 } 1287 1288 // We need this to handle 1289 // 1290 // typedef struct { 1291 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1292 // } A; 1293 // 1294 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1295 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1296 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1297 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1298 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1299 // not. 1300 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1301 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1302 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1303 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1304 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1305 return true; 1306 } 1307 DC = DC->getParent(); 1308 } 1309 1310 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1311 } 1312 1313 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1314 // these semantics. 1315 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1316 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1317 return false; 1318 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1319 } 1320 1321 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1322 assert(D); 1323 1324 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1325 return false; 1326 1327 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1328 // of members of class templates. 1329 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1330 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1331 return false; 1332 1333 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1334 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1338 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1339 return false; 1340 } else { 1341 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1342 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1347 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1348 return false; 1349 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1350 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1351 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1352 // like "inline".) 1353 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1354 return false; 1355 1356 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1357 return false; 1358 1359 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1360 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1361 return false; 1362 } else { 1363 return false; 1364 } 1365 1366 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1367 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1368 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1369 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1370 } 1371 1372 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1373 if (!D) 1374 return; 1375 1376 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1377 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1378 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1379 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1380 } 1381 1382 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1383 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1384 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1385 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1386 } 1387 1388 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1389 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1390 } 1391 1392 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1393 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1394 return false; 1395 1396 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1397 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1398 return false; 1399 1400 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1401 return true; 1402 1403 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1404 // functions. 1405 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1406 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1407 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1408 WithinFunction = 1409 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1410 if (!WithinFunction) 1411 return false; 1412 1413 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1414 return true; 1415 1416 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1417 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1418 return false; 1419 1420 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1421 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1422 1423 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1424 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1425 1426 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1427 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1428 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1429 return false; 1430 } 1431 1432 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1433 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1434 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1435 return false; 1436 1437 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1438 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1439 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1440 return false; 1441 1442 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1443 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1444 return false; 1445 1446 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1447 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1448 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1449 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1450 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1451 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1452 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1453 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1454 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1455 return false; 1456 } 1457 } 1458 } 1459 } 1460 1461 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1462 } 1463 1464 return true; 1465 } 1466 1467 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1468 FixItHint &Hint) { 1469 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1470 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1471 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1472 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1473 return; 1474 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1475 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1476 } 1477 return; 1478 } 1479 1480 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1481 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1482 return; 1483 1484 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1485 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1486 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1487 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1488 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1489 } 1490 } 1491 1492 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1493 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1494 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1495 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1496 return; 1497 1498 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1499 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1500 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1501 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1502 return; 1503 } 1504 1505 FixItHint Hint; 1506 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1507 1508 unsigned DiagID; 1509 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1510 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1511 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1512 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1513 else 1514 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1515 1516 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1517 } 1518 1519 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1520 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1521 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1522 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1523 // MS inline assembly label name. 1524 bool Diagnose = false; 1525 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1526 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1527 else 1528 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1529 if (Diagnose) 1530 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1531 } 1532 1533 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1534 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1535 1536 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1537 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1538 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1541 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1542 1543 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1544 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1545 1546 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1547 1548 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1549 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1550 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1551 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1552 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1553 } 1554 1555 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1556 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1557 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1558 1559 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1560 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1561 } 1562 } 1563 1564 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1565 /// 1566 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1567 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1568 /// to the fixed name. 1569 /// 1570 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1571 /// 1572 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1573 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1574 /// 1575 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1576 /// class could not be found. 1577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1578 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1579 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1580 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1581 // creation from this context. 1582 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1583 1584 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1585 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1586 // find an Objective-C class name. 1587 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1588 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1589 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1590 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1591 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1592 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1593 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1594 } 1595 } 1596 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1597 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1598 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1599 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1600 return Def; 1601 } 1602 1603 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1604 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1605 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1606 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1607 /// ill-formed in C++: 1608 /// @code 1609 /// struct S6 { 1610 /// enum { BAR } e; 1611 /// }; 1612 /// 1613 /// void test_S6() { 1614 /// struct S6 a; 1615 /// a.e = BAR; 1616 /// } 1617 /// @endcode 1618 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1619 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1620 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1621 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1622 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1623 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1624 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1625 /// contain non-field names. 1626 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1627 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1628 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1629 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1630 S = S->getParent(); 1631 return S; 1632 } 1633 1634 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1635 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1636 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1637 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1638 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1639 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1640 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1641 return; 1642 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1643 1644 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1645 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1646 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1647 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1648 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1649 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1650 } 1651 1652 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1653 switch (Error) { 1654 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1655 return ""; 1656 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1657 return "stdio.h"; 1658 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1659 return "setjmp.h"; 1660 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1661 return "ucontext.h"; 1662 } 1663 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1664 } 1665 1666 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1667 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1668 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1669 /// built-in. 1670 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1671 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1672 SourceLocation Loc) { 1673 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1674 1675 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1676 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1677 if (Error) { 1678 if (ForRedeclaration) 1679 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1680 << getHeaderName(Error) 1681 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1682 return nullptr; 1683 } 1684 1685 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1686 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1687 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1688 << R; 1689 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1690 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1691 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1692 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1693 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1694 } 1695 1696 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1698 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1699 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1700 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1701 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1702 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1703 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1704 } 1705 1706 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1707 Parent, 1708 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1709 SC_Extern, 1710 false, 1711 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1712 New->setImplicit(); 1713 1714 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1715 // FunctionDecl. 1716 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1717 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1718 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1719 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1720 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1721 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1722 SC_None, nullptr); 1723 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1724 Params.push_back(parm); 1725 } 1726 New->setParams(Params); 1727 } 1728 1729 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1730 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1731 1732 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1733 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1734 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1735 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1736 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1737 CurContext = Parent; 1738 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1739 CurContext = SavedContext; 1740 return New; 1741 } 1742 1743 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1744 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1745 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1746 /// entity. 1747 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1748 NamedDecl *decl, 1749 LookupResult &previous){ 1750 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1751 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1752 return; 1753 1754 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1755 if (previous.empty()) 1756 return; 1757 1758 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1759 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1760 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1761 1762 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1763 if (!old->isHidden()) 1764 continue; 1765 1766 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1767 filter.erase(); 1768 } 1769 1770 filter.done(); 1771 } 1772 1773 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1774 /// entity if their types are the same. 1775 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1776 /// isSameEntity. 1777 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1778 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1779 LookupResult &Previous) { 1780 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1781 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1782 return; 1783 1784 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1785 if (Previous.empty()) 1786 return; 1787 1788 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1789 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1790 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1791 1792 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1793 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1794 continue; 1795 1796 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1797 // different linkages. 1798 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1799 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1800 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1801 continue; 1802 1803 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1804 Filter.erase(); 1805 } 1806 1807 Filter.done(); 1808 } 1809 1810 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1811 QualType OldType; 1812 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1813 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1814 else 1815 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1816 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1817 1818 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1819 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1820 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1821 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1822 << Kind << NewType; 1823 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1824 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1825 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1826 return true; 1827 } 1828 1829 if (OldType != NewType && 1830 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1831 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1832 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1833 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1834 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1835 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1836 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1837 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1838 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1839 return true; 1840 } 1841 return false; 1842 } 1843 1844 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1845 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1846 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1847 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1848 /// 1849 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1850 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1851 // merging checks. 1852 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1853 1854 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1855 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1856 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1857 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1858 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1859 default: break; 1860 case 2: 1861 { 1862 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1863 break; 1864 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1865 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1866 break; 1867 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1868 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1869 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1870 break; 1871 } 1872 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1873 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1874 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1875 return; 1876 } 1877 case 5: 1878 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1879 break; 1880 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1881 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1882 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1883 return; 1884 case 3: 1885 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1886 break; 1887 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1888 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1889 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1890 return; 1891 } 1892 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1893 } 1894 1895 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1896 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1897 if (!Old) { 1898 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1899 << New->getDeclName(); 1900 1901 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1902 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1903 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1904 1905 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1906 } 1907 1908 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1909 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1910 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1911 1912 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1913 // with any extensions enabled. 1914 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1915 return; 1916 1917 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1918 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1919 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1920 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1921 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1922 } 1923 1924 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1925 return; 1926 1927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1928 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1929 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1930 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1931 // to the type to which it already refers. 1932 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1933 return; 1934 1935 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1936 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1937 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1938 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1939 // 1940 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1941 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1942 // 1943 // struct S { 1944 // typedef struct A { } A; 1945 // }; 1946 // 1947 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1948 // allow the above but disallow 1949 // 1950 // struct S { 1951 // typedef int I; 1952 // typedef int I; 1953 // }; 1954 // 1955 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1956 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1957 return; 1958 1959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1960 << New->getDeclName(); 1961 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1962 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1963 } 1964 1965 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1966 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1967 return; 1968 1969 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1970 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1971 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1972 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1973 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1974 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1975 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1976 return; 1977 1978 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1979 << New->getDeclName(); 1980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1981 return; 1982 } 1983 1984 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1985 /// attribute. 1986 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1987 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1988 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1989 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1990 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1991 if (Ann) { 1992 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1993 return true; 1994 continue; 1995 } 1996 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1997 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1998 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1999 return true; 2000 } 2001 2002 return false; 2003 } 2004 2005 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2006 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2007 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2008 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2009 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2010 return true; 2011 } 2012 2013 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2014 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2015 /// 2016 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2017 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2018 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2019 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2020 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2021 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2022 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2023 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2024 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2025 // in a case like: 2026 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2027 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2028 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2029 // definition in such a case. 2030 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2031 return false; 2032 2033 if (I->isAlignas()) 2034 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2035 2036 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2037 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2038 OldAlign = Align; 2039 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2040 } 2041 } 2042 2043 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2044 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2045 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2046 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2047 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2048 return false; 2049 2050 if (I->isAlignas()) 2051 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2052 2053 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2054 if (Align > NewAlign) 2055 NewAlign = Align; 2056 } 2057 2058 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2059 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2060 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2061 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2062 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2063 2064 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2065 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2066 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2067 QualType Ty; 2068 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2069 Ty = VD->getType(); 2070 else 2071 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2072 2073 if (OldAlign == 0) 2074 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2075 if (NewAlign == 0) 2076 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2077 } 2078 2079 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2080 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2081 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2082 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2083 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2084 } 2085 } 2086 2087 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2088 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2089 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2090 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2091 // equivalent alignment. 2092 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2093 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2094 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2095 // have no alignment specifier. 2096 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2097 << OldAlignasAttr; 2098 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2099 << OldAlignasAttr; 2100 } 2101 2102 bool AnyAdded = false; 2103 2104 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2105 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2106 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2107 Clone->setInherited(true); 2108 New->addAttr(Clone); 2109 AnyAdded = true; 2110 } 2111 2112 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2113 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2114 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2115 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2116 Clone->setInherited(true); 2117 New->addAttr(Clone); 2118 AnyAdded = true; 2119 } 2120 2121 return AnyAdded; 2122 } 2123 2124 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2125 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2126 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2127 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2128 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2129 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2130 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2131 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2132 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2133 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2134 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2135 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2136 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2137 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2138 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2139 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2140 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2141 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2142 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2143 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2144 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2145 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2146 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2147 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2148 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2149 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2150 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2151 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2152 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2153 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2154 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2155 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2156 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2157 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2158 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2159 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2160 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2161 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2162 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2163 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2164 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2165 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2166 NewAttr = nullptr; 2167 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2168 NewAttr = nullptr; 2169 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2170 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2171 2172 if (NewAttr) { 2173 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2174 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2175 return true; 2176 } 2177 2178 return false; 2179 } 2180 2181 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2182 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2183 return TD->getDefinition(); 2184 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2185 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2186 if (Def) 2187 return Def; 2188 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2189 } 2190 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2191 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2192 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2193 return Def; 2194 } 2195 return nullptr; 2196 } 2197 2198 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2199 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2200 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2201 return true; 2202 return false; 2203 } 2204 2205 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2206 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2207 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2208 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2209 return; 2210 2211 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2212 if (!Def || Def == New) 2213 return; 2214 2215 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2216 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2217 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2218 2219 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2220 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2221 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2222 else { 2223 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2224 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2225 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2226 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2227 : diag::err_redefinition; 2228 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2229 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2230 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2231 } 2232 ++I; 2233 continue; 2234 } 2235 2236 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2237 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2238 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2239 ++I; 2240 continue; 2241 } 2242 } 2243 2244 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2245 ++I; 2246 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2247 } 2248 2249 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2250 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2251 ++I; 2252 continue; 2253 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2254 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2255 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2256 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2257 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2258 // equivalent alignment. 2259 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2260 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2261 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2262 // have no alignment specifier. 2263 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2264 << AA; 2265 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2266 << AA; 2267 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2268 --E; 2269 continue; 2270 } 2271 } 2272 2273 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2274 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2275 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2276 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2277 --E; 2278 } 2279 } 2280 2281 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2282 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2283 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2284 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2285 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2286 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2287 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2288 } 2289 2290 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2291 return; 2292 2293 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2294 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2295 2296 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2297 return; 2298 2299 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2300 2301 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2302 // we process them. 2303 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2304 2305 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2306 bool Override = false; 2307 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2308 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2309 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2310 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2311 switch (AMK) { 2312 case AMK_None: 2313 continue; 2314 2315 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2316 break; 2317 2318 case AMK_Override: 2319 Override = true; 2320 break; 2321 } 2322 } 2323 2324 // Already handled. 2325 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2326 continue; 2327 2328 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2329 foundAny = true; 2330 } 2331 2332 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2333 foundAny = true; 2334 2335 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2336 } 2337 2338 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2339 /// to the new one. 2340 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2341 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2342 Sema &S) { 2343 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2344 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2345 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2346 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2347 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2348 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2349 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2350 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2351 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2352 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2353 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2354 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2355 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2356 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2357 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2358 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2359 } 2360 2361 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2362 return; 2363 2364 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2365 2366 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2367 // done before we process them. 2368 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2369 2370 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2371 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2372 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2373 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2374 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2375 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2376 foundAny = true; 2377 } 2378 } 2379 2380 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2381 } 2382 2383 namespace { 2384 2385 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2386 /// C. 2387 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2388 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2389 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2390 QualType PromotedType; 2391 }; 2392 2393 } 2394 2395 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2396 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2397 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2398 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2399 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2400 2401 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2402 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2403 2404 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2405 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2406 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2407 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2408 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2409 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2410 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2411 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2412 } 2413 2414 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2415 } 2416 2417 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2418 // declaration, or a declaration. 2419 template <typename T> 2420 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2421 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2422 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2423 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2424 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2425 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2426 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2427 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2428 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2429 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2430 } else 2431 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2432 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2433 } 2434 2435 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2436 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2437 /// GNU89 mode. 2438 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2439 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2440 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2441 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2442 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2443 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2444 } 2445 2446 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2447 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2448 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2449 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2450 return AT; 2451 } 2452 2453 template <typename T> 2454 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2455 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2456 if (DC->isRecord()) 2457 return false; 2458 2459 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2460 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2461 return true; 2462 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2463 return true; 2464 return false; 2465 } 2466 2467 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2468 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2469 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2470 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2471 /// 2472 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2473 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2474 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2475 /// merged with. 2476 /// 2477 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2478 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2479 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2480 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2481 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2482 if (!Old) { 2483 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2484 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2485 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2486 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2487 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2488 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2489 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2490 return true; 2491 } 2492 2493 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2494 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2495 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2496 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2497 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2498 2499 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2500 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2501 if (Old && 2502 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2503 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2504 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2505 Old = nullptr; 2506 2507 if (!Old) { 2508 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2509 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2510 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2511 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2512 return true; 2513 } 2514 OldD = Old; 2515 } else { 2516 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2517 << New->getDeclName(); 2518 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2519 return true; 2520 } 2521 } 2522 2523 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2524 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2525 return true; 2526 2527 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2528 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2529 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2530 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2531 2532 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2533 // is an extern inline function. 2534 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2535 // storage classes. 2536 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2537 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2538 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2539 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2540 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2541 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2542 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2543 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2544 } else { 2545 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2546 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2547 return true; 2548 } 2549 } 2550 2551 2552 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2553 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2554 // convention of the first. 2555 // 2556 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2557 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2558 // 2559 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2560 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2561 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2562 // 2563 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2564 // other tests to run. 2565 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2566 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2567 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2568 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2569 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2570 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2571 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2572 2573 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2574 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2575 const FunctionType *FT = 2576 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2577 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2578 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2579 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2580 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2581 // there but not here. 2582 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2583 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2584 } else { 2585 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2586 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2587 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2588 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2589 << !FirstCCExplicit 2590 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2591 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2592 2593 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2594 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2595 return true; 2596 } 2597 } 2598 2599 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2600 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2601 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2602 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2603 } 2604 2605 // Merge regparm attribute. 2606 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2607 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2608 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2609 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2610 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2611 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2612 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2613 return true; 2614 } 2615 2616 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2617 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2618 } 2619 2620 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2621 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2622 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2623 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2624 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2625 return true; 2626 } 2627 2628 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2629 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2630 } 2631 2632 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2633 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2634 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2635 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2636 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2637 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2638 } 2639 2640 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2641 // UndefinedButUsed. 2642 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2643 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2644 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2645 Old->isUsed(false) && 2646 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2647 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2648 SourceLocation())); 2649 2650 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2651 // about it. 2652 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2653 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2654 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2655 } 2656 2657 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2658 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2659 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2660 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2661 // cannot be overloaded. 2662 2663 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2664 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2665 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2666 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2667 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2668 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2669 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2670 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2671 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2672 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2673 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2674 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2675 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2676 QualType ResQT; 2677 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2678 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2679 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2680 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2681 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2682 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2683 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2684 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2685 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2686 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2687 else 2688 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2689 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2690 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2691 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2692 return true; 2693 } 2694 else 2695 NewQType = ResQT; 2696 } 2697 2698 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2699 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2700 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2701 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2702 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2703 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2704 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2705 New->setType( 2706 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2707 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2708 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2709 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2710 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2711 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2712 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2713 } 2714 } 2715 2716 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2717 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2718 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2719 // Preserve triviality. 2720 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2721 2722 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2723 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2724 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2725 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2726 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2727 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2728 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2729 2730 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2731 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2732 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2733 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2734 // is a static member function declaration. 2735 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2736 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2737 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2738 return true; 2739 } 2740 2741 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2742 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2743 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2744 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2745 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2746 unsigned NewDiag; 2747 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2748 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2749 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2750 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2751 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2752 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2753 else 2754 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2755 2756 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2757 } else { 2758 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2759 << New << New->getType(); 2760 } 2761 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2762 2763 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2764 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2765 // 2766 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2767 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2768 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2769 if (isFriend) { 2770 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2771 } else { 2772 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2773 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2774 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2775 return true; 2776 } 2777 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2778 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2779 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2780 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2781 return true; 2782 } 2783 } 2784 2785 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2786 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2787 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2788 // attribute. 2789 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2790 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2791 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2792 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2793 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2794 } 2795 2796 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2797 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2798 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2799 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2800 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2801 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2802 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2803 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2804 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2805 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2806 } 2807 2808 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2809 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2810 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2811 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2812 2813 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2814 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2815 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2816 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2817 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2818 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2819 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2820 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2821 } 2822 2823 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2824 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2825 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2826 // 2827 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2828 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2829 // linkage within class scope. 2830 // 2831 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2832 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2833 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2834 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2835 } else { 2836 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2837 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2838 return true; 2839 } 2840 } 2841 2842 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2843 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2844 2845 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2846 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2847 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2848 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2849 // when we instantiate the function. 2850 return false; 2851 } 2852 2853 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2854 } 2855 2856 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2857 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2858 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2859 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2860 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2861 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2862 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2863 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2864 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2865 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2866 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2867 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2868 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2869 NewQType = 2870 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2871 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2872 New->setType(NewQType); 2873 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2874 2875 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2876 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2877 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2878 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2879 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2880 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2881 SC_None, nullptr); 2882 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2883 Param->setImplicit(); 2884 Params.push_back(Param); 2885 } 2886 2887 New->setParams(Params); 2888 } 2889 2890 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2891 } 2892 2893 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2894 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2895 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2896 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2897 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2898 // the prototype. 2899 // 2900 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2901 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2902 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2903 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2904 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2905 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2906 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2907 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2908 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2909 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2910 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2911 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2912 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2913 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2914 2915 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2916 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2917 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2918 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2919 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2920 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2921 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2922 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2923 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2924 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2925 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2926 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2927 NewParm->getType(), 2928 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2929 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2930 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2931 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2932 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2933 } else 2934 LooseCompatible = false; 2935 } 2936 2937 if (LooseCompatible) { 2938 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2939 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2940 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2941 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2942 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2943 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2944 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2945 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2946 } 2947 2948 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2949 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2950 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2951 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2952 } 2953 2954 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2955 } 2956 2957 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2958 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2959 2960 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2961 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2962 unsigned BuiltinID; 2963 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2964 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2965 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2966 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2967 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2968 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2969 << Old << Old->getType(); 2970 2971 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2972 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2973 // 2974 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2975 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2976 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2977 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2978 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2979 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2980 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2981 2982 return false; 2983 } 2984 2985 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2986 } 2987 2988 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2989 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2990 return true; 2991 } 2992 2993 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2994 /// known to be compatible. 2995 /// 2996 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2997 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2998 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2999 /// redeclaration of Old. 3000 /// 3001 /// \returns false 3002 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3003 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3004 // Merge the attributes 3005 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3006 3007 // Merge "pure" flag. 3008 if (Old->isPure()) 3009 New->setPure(); 3010 3011 // Merge "used" flag. 3012 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3013 New->setIsUsed(); 3014 3015 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3016 // declarations. 3017 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3018 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3019 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3020 *this); 3021 3022 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3023 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3024 3025 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3026 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3027 // was visible. 3028 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3029 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3030 New->setType(Merged); 3031 3032 return false; 3033 } 3034 3035 3036 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3037 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3038 3039 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3040 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3041 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3042 : AMK_Override; 3043 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3044 3045 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3046 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3047 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3048 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3049 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3050 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3051 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3052 3053 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3054 } 3055 3056 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3057 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3058 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3059 /// 3060 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3061 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3062 /// is attached. 3063 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3064 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3065 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3066 return; 3067 3068 QualType MergedT; 3069 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3070 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3071 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3072 return; 3073 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3074 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3075 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3076 } 3077 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3078 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3079 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3080 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3081 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3082 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3083 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3084 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3085 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3086 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3087 NewArray->getElementType())) 3088 MergedT = New->getType(); 3089 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3090 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3091 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3092 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3093 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3094 NewArray->getElementType())) 3095 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3096 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3097 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3098 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3099 Old->getType()); 3100 } 3101 } else { 3102 // C 6.2.7p2: 3103 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3104 // compatible type. 3105 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3106 } 3107 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3108 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3109 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3110 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3111 // equivalent. 3112 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3113 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3114 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3115 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3116 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3117 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3118 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3119 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3120 return; 3121 } 3122 3123 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3124 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3125 // 3126 // extern int arr[]; 3127 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3128 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3129 // 3130 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3131 // to diagnose it. 3132 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3133 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3134 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3135 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3136 } 3137 3138 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3139 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3140 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3141 New->setType(MergedT); 3142 } 3143 3144 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3145 LookupResult &Previous) { 3146 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3147 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3148 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3149 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3150 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3151 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3152 // 3153 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3154 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3155 return false; 3156 3157 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3158 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3159 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3160 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3161 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3162 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3163 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3164 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3165 } else { 3166 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3167 // type unless we're in the same function. 3168 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3169 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3170 } 3171 } 3172 3173 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3174 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3175 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3176 /// 3177 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3178 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3179 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3180 /// 3181 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3182 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3183 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3184 return; 3185 3186 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3187 3188 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3189 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3190 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3191 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3192 if (NewTemplate) { 3193 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3194 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3195 } else 3196 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3197 } 3198 if (!Old) { 3199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3200 << New->getDeclName(); 3201 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3202 diag::note_previous_definition); 3203 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3204 } 3205 3206 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3207 return; 3208 3209 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3210 if (NewTemplate && 3211 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3212 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3213 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3214 return; 3215 3216 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3217 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3218 // 3219 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3220 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3221 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3222 << New->getIdentifier(); 3223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3224 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3225 } 3226 3227 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3228 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3229 // declaration 3230 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3231 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3232 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3233 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3234 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3235 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3236 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3237 } 3238 3239 // Merge the types. 3240 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3241 3242 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3243 return; 3244 3245 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3246 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3247 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3248 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3249 3250 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3251 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3252 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3253 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3254 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3255 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3256 << New->getDeclName(); 3257 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3258 } else { 3259 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3260 << New->getDeclName(); 3261 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3262 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3263 } 3264 } 3265 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3266 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3267 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3268 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3269 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3270 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3271 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3272 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3273 // identifier has external linkage. 3274 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3275 /* Okay */; 3276 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3277 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3278 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3279 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3280 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3281 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3282 } 3283 3284 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3285 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3286 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3287 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3288 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3289 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3290 } 3291 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3292 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3294 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3295 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3296 } 3297 3298 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3299 3300 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3301 // need to check for mismatches. 3302 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3303 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3304 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3305 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3306 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3307 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3308 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3309 } 3310 3311 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3312 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3313 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3314 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3315 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3316 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3317 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3318 } else { 3319 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3320 // static and dynamic initialization. 3321 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3322 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3323 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3324 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3325 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3326 } 3327 } 3328 3329 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3330 const VarDecl *Def; 3331 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3332 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3333 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3334 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3335 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3336 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3337 return; 3338 } 3339 3340 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3341 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3342 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3343 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3344 return; 3345 } 3346 3347 // Merge "used" flag. 3348 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3349 New->setIsUsed(); 3350 3351 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3352 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3353 if (NewTemplate) 3354 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3355 3356 // Inherit access appropriately. 3357 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3358 if (NewTemplate) 3359 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3360 } 3361 3362 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3363 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3364 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3365 DeclSpec &DS) { 3366 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3367 } 3368 3369 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3370 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3371 return; 3372 3373 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3374 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3375 // it is anonymous. 3376 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3377 return; 3378 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3379 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3380 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3381 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3382 return; 3383 } 3384 3385 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3386 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3387 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3388 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3389 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3390 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3391 Tag, 3392 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3393 } 3394 } 3395 3396 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3397 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3398 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3399 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3400 DeclSpec &DS, 3401 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3402 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3403 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3404 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3405 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3406 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3407 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3408 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3409 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3410 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3411 3412 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3413 return nullptr; 3414 3415 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3416 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3417 // it's a Type. 3418 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3419 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3420 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3421 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3422 } 3423 3424 if (Tag) { 3425 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3426 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3427 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3428 return Tag; 3429 } 3430 3431 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3432 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3433 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3434 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3435 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3436 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3437 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3438 } 3439 3440 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3441 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3442 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3443 if (Tag) 3444 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3445 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3446 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3447 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3448 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3449 else 3450 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3451 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3452 return TagD; 3453 } 3454 3455 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3456 3457 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3458 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3459 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3460 if (TagD && !Tag) 3461 return nullptr; 3462 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3463 } 3464 3465 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3466 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3467 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3468 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3469 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3470 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3471 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3472 // or an explicit specialization. 3473 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3474 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3475 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3476 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3477 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3478 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3479 << SS.getRange(); 3480 return nullptr; 3481 } 3482 3483 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3484 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3485 3486 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3487 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3488 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3489 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3490 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3491 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3492 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3493 3494 DeclaresAnything = false; 3495 } 3496 } 3497 3498 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3499 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3500 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3501 // 3502 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3503 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3504 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3505 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3506 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3507 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3508 // struct STRUCT; 3509 // union UNION; 3510 // and 3511 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3512 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3513 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3514 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3515 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3516 if (Tag) 3517 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3518 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3519 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3520 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3521 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3522 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3523 3524 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3525 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3526 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3527 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3528 } 3529 3530 DeclaresAnything = false; 3531 } 3532 } 3533 3534 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3535 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3536 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3537 return TagD; 3538 3539 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3540 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3541 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3542 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3543 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3544 DeclaresAnything = false; 3545 3546 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3547 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3548 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3549 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3550 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3551 else 3552 DeclaresAnything = false; 3553 } 3554 3555 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3556 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3557 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3558 << Tag->getTagKind() 3559 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3560 3561 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3562 3563 // C 6.7/2: 3564 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3565 // or the members of an enumeration. 3566 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3567 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3568 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3569 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3570 // previous declaration. 3571 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3572 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3573 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3574 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3575 return TagD; 3576 } 3577 3578 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3579 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3580 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3581 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3582 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3583 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3584 // 3585 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3586 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3587 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3588 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3589 3590 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3591 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3592 // useless. 3593 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3594 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3595 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3596 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3597 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3598 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3599 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3600 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3601 } 3602 3603 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3604 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3605 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3606 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3607 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3608 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3609 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3610 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3611 // Restrict is covered above. 3612 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3613 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3614 } 3615 3616 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3617 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3618 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3619 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3620 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3621 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3622 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3623 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3624 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3625 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3626 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3627 while (attrs) { 3628 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3629 << attrs->getName() 3630 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3631 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3632 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3633 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3634 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3635 } 3636 } 3637 } 3638 3639 return TagD; 3640 } 3641 3642 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3643 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3644 /// 3645 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3646 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3647 Scope *S, 3648 DeclContext *Owner, 3649 DeclarationName Name, 3650 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3651 unsigned diagnostic) { 3652 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3653 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3654 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3655 3656 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3657 return false; 3658 3659 // Pick a representative declaration. 3660 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3661 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3662 3663 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3664 return false; 3665 3666 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3667 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3668 3669 return true; 3670 } 3671 3672 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3673 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3674 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3675 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3676 /// struct, e.g., 3677 /// 3678 /// @code 3679 /// union { 3680 /// int i; 3681 /// float f; 3682 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3683 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3684 /// @endcode 3685 /// 3686 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3687 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3688 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3689 DeclContext *Owner, 3690 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3691 AccessSpecifier AS, 3692 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3693 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3694 unsigned diagKind 3695 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3696 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3697 3698 bool Invalid = false; 3699 3700 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3701 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3702 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3703 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3704 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3705 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3706 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3707 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3708 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3709 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3710 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3711 Invalid = true; 3712 } else { 3713 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3714 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3715 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3716 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3717 // anonymous union is declared. 3718 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3719 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3720 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3721 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3722 else 3723 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3724 3725 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3726 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3727 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3728 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3729 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3730 3731 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3732 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3733 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3734 3735 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3736 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3737 3738 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3739 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3740 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3741 3742 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3743 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3744 3745 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3746 } 3747 } 3748 } 3749 3750 return Invalid; 3751 } 3752 3753 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3754 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3755 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3756 static StorageClass 3757 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3758 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3759 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3760 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3761 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3762 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3763 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3764 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3765 return SC_None; 3766 return SC_Extern; 3767 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3768 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3769 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3770 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3771 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3772 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3773 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3774 } 3775 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3776 } 3777 3778 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3779 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3780 3781 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3782 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3783 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3784 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3785 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3786 return FD->getLocation(); 3787 } 3788 3789 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3790 } 3791 3792 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3793 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3794 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3795 return; 3796 3797 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3798 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3799 } 3800 3801 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3802 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3803 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3804 return; 3805 3806 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3807 } 3808 3809 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3810 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3811 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3812 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3813 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3814 AccessSpecifier AS, 3815 RecordDecl *Record, 3816 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3817 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3818 3819 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3820 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3821 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3822 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3823 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3824 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3825 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3826 3827 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3828 // structs/unions. 3829 bool Invalid = false; 3830 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3831 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3832 unsigned DiagID; 3833 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3834 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3835 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3836 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3837 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3838 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3839 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3840 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3841 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3842 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3843 3844 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3845 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3846 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3847 } 3848 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3849 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3850 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3851 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3852 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3853 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3854 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3855 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3856 3857 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3858 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3859 SourceLocation(), 3860 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3861 } 3862 } 3863 3864 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3865 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3866 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3867 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3868 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3869 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3870 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3871 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3872 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3873 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3874 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3875 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3876 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3877 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3878 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3879 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3880 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3881 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3882 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3883 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3884 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3885 3886 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3887 } 3888 3889 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3890 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3891 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3892 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3893 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3894 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3895 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3896 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3897 // members (clause 11). 3898 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3899 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3900 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3901 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3902 Invalid = true; 3903 } 3904 3905 // C++ [class.union]p1 3906 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3907 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3908 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3909 // array of such objects. 3910 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3911 Invalid = true; 3912 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3913 // Any implicit members are fine. 3914 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3915 // This is a type that showed up in an 3916 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3917 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3918 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3919 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3920 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3921 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3922 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3923 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3924 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3925 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3926 else { 3927 // This is a nested type declaration. 3928 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3929 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3930 Invalid = true; 3931 } 3932 } else { 3933 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3934 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3935 // not part of standard C++. 3936 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3937 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3938 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3939 } 3940 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3941 // Any access specifier is fine. 3942 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3943 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3944 } else { 3945 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3946 // member. Complain about it. 3947 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3948 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3949 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3950 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3951 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3952 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3953 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3954 3955 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3956 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3957 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3958 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3959 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3960 else { 3961 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3962 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3963 Invalid = true; 3964 } 3965 } 3966 } 3967 3968 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3969 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3970 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3971 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3972 Owner->isRecord()) 3973 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3974 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3975 } 3976 3977 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3978 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3979 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3980 Invalid = true; 3981 } 3982 3983 // Mock up a declarator. 3984 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3986 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3987 3988 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3989 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3990 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3991 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3992 DS.getLocStart(), 3993 Record->getLocation(), 3994 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3995 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3996 TInfo, 3997 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3998 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3999 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4000 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4001 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4002 } else { 4003 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4004 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4005 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4006 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4007 // an error here 4008 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4009 Invalid = true; 4010 SC = SC_None; 4011 } 4012 4013 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4014 DS.getLocStart(), 4015 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4016 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4017 TInfo, SC); 4018 4019 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4020 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4021 // initializer: 4022 // union { int n = 0; }; 4023 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4024 } 4025 Anon->setImplicit(); 4026 4027 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4028 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4029 4030 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4031 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4032 // its members. 4033 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4034 4035 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4036 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4037 // purposes. 4038 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4039 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4040 4041 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4042 Chain, false)) 4043 Invalid = true; 4044 4045 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4046 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4047 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4048 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 4049 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 4050 ManglingContextDecl)) { 4051 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 4052 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4053 } 4054 } 4055 } 4056 4057 if (Invalid) 4058 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4059 4060 return Anon; 4061 } 4062 4063 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4064 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4065 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4066 /// Example: 4067 /// 4068 /// struct A { int a; }; 4069 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4070 /// 4071 /// void foo() { 4072 /// B var; 4073 /// var.a = 3; 4074 /// } 4075 /// 4076 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4077 RecordDecl *Record) { 4078 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4079 4080 // Mock up a declarator. 4081 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4082 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4083 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4084 4085 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4086 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4087 4088 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4089 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4090 ParentDecl, 4091 DS.getLocStart(), 4092 DS.getLocStart(), 4093 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4094 RecTy, 4095 TInfo, 4096 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4097 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4098 Anon->setImplicit(); 4099 4100 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4101 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4102 4103 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4104 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4105 // purposes. 4106 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4107 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4108 4109 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4110 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4111 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4112 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4113 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4114 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4115 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4116 } 4117 4118 return Anon; 4119 } 4120 4121 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4122 /// given Declarator. 4123 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4124 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4125 } 4126 4127 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4128 DeclarationNameInfo 4129 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4130 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4131 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4132 4133 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4134 4135 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4136 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4137 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4138 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4139 return NameInfo; 4140 4141 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4142 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4143 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4144 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4145 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4146 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4147 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4148 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4149 return NameInfo; 4150 4151 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4152 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4153 Name.Identifier)); 4154 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4155 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4156 return NameInfo; 4157 4158 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4159 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4160 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4161 if (Ty.isNull()) 4162 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4163 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4164 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4165 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4166 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4167 return NameInfo; 4168 } 4169 4170 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4171 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4172 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4173 if (Ty.isNull()) 4174 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4175 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4176 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4177 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4178 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4179 return NameInfo; 4180 } 4181 4182 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4183 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4184 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4185 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4186 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4187 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4188 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4189 4190 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4191 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4192 4193 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4194 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4195 // was qualified. 4196 4197 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4198 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4199 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4200 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4201 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4202 return NameInfo; 4203 } 4204 4205 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4207 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4208 if (Ty.isNull()) 4209 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4210 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4211 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4212 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4213 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4214 return NameInfo; 4215 } 4216 4217 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4218 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4219 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4220 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4221 } 4222 4223 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4224 4225 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4226 } 4227 4228 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4229 do { 4230 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4231 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4232 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4233 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4234 else 4235 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4236 } while (true); 4237 } 4238 4239 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4240 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4241 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4242 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4243 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4244 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4245 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4246 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4247 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4248 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4249 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4250 Params.clear(); 4251 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4252 return false; 4253 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4254 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4255 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4256 4257 // The parameter types are identical 4258 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4259 continue; 4260 4261 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4262 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4263 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4264 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4265 4266 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4267 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4268 Params.push_back(Idx); 4269 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4270 return false; 4271 } 4272 4273 return true; 4274 } 4275 4276 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4277 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4278 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4279 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4280 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4281 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4282 DeclarationName Name) { 4283 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4284 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4285 // - types which will become injected class names 4286 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4287 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4288 // few cases here. 4289 4290 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4291 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4292 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4293 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4294 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4295 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4296 // Grab the type from the parser. 4297 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4298 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4299 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4300 4301 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4302 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4303 // attached already. 4304 if (!TSI) 4305 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4306 4307 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4308 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4309 if (!TSI) return true; 4310 4311 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4312 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4313 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4314 break; 4315 } 4316 4317 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4318 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4319 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4320 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4321 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4322 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4323 break; 4324 } 4325 4326 default: 4327 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4328 break; 4329 } 4330 4331 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4332 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4333 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4334 4335 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4336 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4337 // pointer. 4338 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4339 continue; 4340 4341 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4342 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4343 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4344 return true; 4345 } 4346 4347 return false; 4348 } 4349 4350 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4351 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4352 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4353 4354 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4355 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4356 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4357 4358 return Dcl; 4359 } 4360 4361 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4362 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4363 /// name different from T: 4364 /// - every static data member of class T; 4365 /// - every member function of class T 4366 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4367 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4368 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4369 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4370 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4371 4372 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4373 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4374 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4375 return true; 4376 } 4377 4378 return false; 4379 } 4380 4381 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4382 /// nested-name-specifier. 4383 /// 4384 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4385 /// 4386 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4387 /// resolves. 4388 /// 4389 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4390 /// 4391 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4392 /// 4393 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4394 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4395 DeclarationName Name, 4396 SourceLocation Loc) { 4397 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4398 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4399 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4400 4401 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4402 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4403 // 4404 // class X { 4405 // void X::f(); 4406 // }; 4407 // 4408 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4409 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4410 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4411 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4412 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4413 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4414 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4415 SS.clear(); 4416 } else { 4417 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4418 } 4419 return false; 4420 } 4421 4422 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4423 // declaration. 4424 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4425 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4426 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4427 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4428 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4430 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4431 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4432 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4433 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4434 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4435 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4436 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4437 else 4438 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4439 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4440 4441 return true; 4442 } 4443 4444 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4445 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4446 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4447 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4448 SS.clear(); 4449 4450 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4451 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4452 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4453 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4454 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4455 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4456 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4457 return true; 4458 4459 return false; 4460 } 4461 4462 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4463 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4464 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4465 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4466 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4467 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4468 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4469 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4470 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4471 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4472 4473 return false; 4474 } 4475 4476 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4477 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4478 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4479 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4480 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4481 4482 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4483 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4484 if (!Name) { 4485 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4486 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4487 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4488 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4489 return nullptr; 4490 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4491 return nullptr; 4492 4493 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4494 // we find one that is. 4495 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4496 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4497 S = S->getParent(); 4498 4499 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4500 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4501 D.setInvalidType(); 4502 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4503 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4504 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4505 return nullptr; 4506 4507 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4508 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4509 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4510 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4511 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4512 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4513 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4515 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4516 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4517 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4518 return nullptr; 4519 } 4520 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4521 4522 if (!IsDependentContext && 4523 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4524 return nullptr; 4525 4526 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4527 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4528 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4529 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4530 D.setInvalidType(); 4531 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4532 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4533 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4534 if (DC->isRecord()) 4535 return nullptr; 4536 4537 D.setInvalidType(); 4538 } 4539 } 4540 4541 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4542 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4543 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4544 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4545 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4546 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4547 D.setInvalidType(); 4548 } 4549 } 4550 4551 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4552 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4553 // Just return early; it's safer. 4554 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4555 return nullptr; 4556 4557 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4558 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4559 4560 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4561 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4562 D.setInvalidType(); 4563 4564 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4565 ForRedeclaration); 4566 4567 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4568 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4569 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4570 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4571 4572 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4573 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4574 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4575 // 4576 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4577 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4578 // the same name. 4579 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4580 /* Do nothing*/; 4581 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4582 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4583 R->isFunctionType())) { 4584 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4585 CreateBuiltins = 4586 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4587 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4588 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4589 CreateBuiltins = true; 4590 4591 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4592 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4593 4594 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4595 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4596 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4597 4598 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4599 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4600 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4601 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4602 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4603 // thereof; [...] 4604 // 4605 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4606 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4607 // we want to match. For example, given: 4608 // 4609 // class X { 4610 // void f(); 4611 // void f(float); 4612 // }; 4613 // 4614 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4615 // 4616 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4617 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4618 // matches. 4619 4620 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4621 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4622 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4623 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4624 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4625 } 4626 4627 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4628 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4629 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4630 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4631 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4632 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4633 4634 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4635 Previous.clear(); 4636 } 4637 4638 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4639 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4640 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4641 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4642 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4643 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4644 Previous.clear(); 4645 4646 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4647 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4649 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4650 4651 NamedDecl *New; 4652 4653 bool AddToScope = true; 4654 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4655 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4656 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4657 return nullptr; 4658 } 4659 4660 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4661 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4662 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4663 TemplateParamLists, 4664 AddToScope); 4665 } else { 4666 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4667 AddToScope); 4668 } 4669 4670 if (!New) 4671 return nullptr; 4672 4673 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4674 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4675 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4676 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4677 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4678 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4679 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4680 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4681 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4682 if (!AddToContext) 4683 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4684 } 4685 4686 return New; 4687 } 4688 4689 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4690 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4691 /// GCC compatibility). 4692 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4693 ASTContext &Context, 4694 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4695 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4696 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4697 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4698 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4699 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4700 SizeIsNegative = false; 4701 Oversized = 0; 4702 4703 if (T->isDependentType()) 4704 return QualType(); 4705 4706 QualifierCollector Qs; 4707 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4708 4709 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4710 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4711 QualType FixedType = 4712 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4713 Oversized); 4714 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4715 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4716 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4717 } 4718 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4719 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4720 QualType FixedType = 4721 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4722 Oversized); 4723 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4724 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4725 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4726 } 4727 4728 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4729 if (!VLATy) 4730 return QualType(); 4731 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4732 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4733 return QualType(); 4734 4735 llvm::APSInt Res; 4736 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4737 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4738 return QualType(); 4739 4740 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4741 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4742 SizeIsNegative = true; 4743 return QualType(); 4744 } 4745 4746 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4747 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4748 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4749 Res); 4750 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4751 Oversized = Res; 4752 return QualType(); 4753 } 4754 4755 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4756 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4757 } 4758 4759 static void 4760 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4761 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4762 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4763 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4764 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4765 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4766 return; 4767 } 4768 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4769 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4770 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4771 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4772 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4773 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4774 return; 4775 } 4776 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4777 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4778 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4779 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4780 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4781 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4782 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4783 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4784 } 4785 4786 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4787 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4788 /// GCC compatibility). 4789 static TypeSourceInfo* 4790 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4791 ASTContext &Context, 4792 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4793 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4794 QualType FixedTy 4795 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4796 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4797 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4798 return nullptr; 4799 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4800 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4801 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4802 return FixedTInfo; 4803 } 4804 4805 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4806 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4807 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4808 /// function-scope declarations. 4809 void 4810 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4811 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4812 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4813 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4814 return; 4815 4816 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4817 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4818 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4819 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4820 } 4821 4822 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4823 if (ExternalSource) { 4824 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4825 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4826 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4827 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4828 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4829 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4830 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4831 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4832 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4833 } 4834 } 4835 4836 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4837 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4838 } 4839 4840 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4841 /// does not identify a function. 4842 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4843 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4844 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4845 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4846 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4847 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4848 4849 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4850 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4851 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4852 4853 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4854 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4855 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4856 4857 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4858 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4859 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4860 } 4861 4862 NamedDecl* 4863 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4864 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4865 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4866 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4867 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4868 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4869 D.setInvalidType(); 4870 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4871 DC = CurContext; 4872 Previous.clear(); 4873 } 4874 4875 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4876 4877 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4878 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4879 << 1; 4880 4881 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4882 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4883 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4884 return nullptr; 4885 } 4886 4887 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4888 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4889 4890 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4891 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4892 4893 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4894 4895 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4896 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4897 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4898 return ND; 4899 } 4900 4901 void 4902 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4903 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4904 // then it shall have block scope. 4905 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4906 // that redeclarations will match. 4907 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4908 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4909 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4910 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4911 4912 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4913 bool SizeIsNegative; 4914 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4915 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4916 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4917 SizeIsNegative, 4918 Oversized); 4919 if (FixedTInfo) { 4920 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4921 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4922 } else { 4923 if (SizeIsNegative) 4924 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4925 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4926 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4927 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4928 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4929 << Oversized.toString(10); 4930 else 4931 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4932 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4933 } 4934 } 4935 } 4936 } 4937 4938 4939 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4940 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4941 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4942 NamedDecl* 4943 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4944 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4945 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4946 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4947 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4948 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4949 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4950 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4951 Redeclaration = true; 4952 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4953 } 4954 4955 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4956 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4957 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4958 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4959 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4960 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4961 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4962 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4963 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4964 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4965 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4966 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4967 } 4968 4969 return NewTD; 4970 } 4971 4972 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4973 /// previous declaration. 4974 /// 4975 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4976 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4977 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4978 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4979 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4980 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4981 /// 4982 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4983 /// lookup 4984 /// 4985 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4986 /// declared. 4987 /// 4988 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4989 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4990 static bool 4991 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4992 ASTContext &Context) { 4993 if (!PrevDecl) 4994 return false; 4995 4996 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4997 return false; 4998 4999 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5000 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5001 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5002 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5003 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5004 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5005 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5006 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5007 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5008 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5009 return false; 5010 5011 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5012 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5013 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5014 return false; 5015 5016 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5017 // previous declarations. 5018 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5019 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5020 5021 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5022 // isn't the same function. 5023 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5024 return false; 5025 } 5026 5027 return true; 5028 } 5029 5030 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5031 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5032 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5033 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5034 } 5035 5036 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5037 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5038 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5039 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5040 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5041 unsigned kind = -1U; 5042 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5043 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5044 kind = 0; // __block 5045 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5046 kind = 1; // global 5047 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5048 kind = 3; // ivar 5049 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5050 kind = 2; // field 5051 } 5052 5053 if (kind != -1U) { 5054 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5055 << kind; 5056 } 5057 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5058 // Try to infer lifetime. 5059 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5060 return false; 5061 5062 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5063 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5064 decl->setType(type); 5065 } 5066 5067 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5068 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5069 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5070 var->getTLSKind()) { 5071 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5072 << var->getType(); 5073 return true; 5074 } 5075 } 5076 5077 return false; 5078 } 5079 5080 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5081 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5082 // the wrong linkage. 5083 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5084 5085 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5086 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5087 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5088 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5089 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5090 } 5091 } 5092 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5093 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5094 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5095 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5096 } 5097 } 5098 5099 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5100 // It does not apply to functions. 5101 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5102 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5103 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5104 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5105 } 5106 } 5107 5108 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5109 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5110 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5111 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5112 << &ND << Attr; 5113 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5114 } 5115 } 5116 } 5117 5118 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5119 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5120 bool IsSpecialization) { 5121 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5122 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5123 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5124 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5125 5126 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5127 return; 5128 5129 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5130 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5131 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5132 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5133 5134 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5135 // inherited attribute instances. 5136 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5137 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5138 5139 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5140 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5141 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5142 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5143 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5144 5145 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5146 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5147 // free functions and global variables. 5148 bool JustWarn = false; 5149 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5150 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5151 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5152 JustWarn = true; 5153 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5154 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5155 JustWarn = true; 5156 } 5157 5158 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5159 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5160 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5161 << NewDecl 5162 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5163 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5164 if (!JustWarn) { 5165 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5166 return; 5167 } 5168 } 5169 5170 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5171 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5172 // and qualified friend declarations. 5173 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5174 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5175 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5176 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5177 // separately. 5178 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5179 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5180 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5181 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5182 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5183 } 5184 5185 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5186 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5187 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5188 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5189 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5190 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5191 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5192 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5193 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5194 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5195 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5196 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5197 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5198 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5199 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5200 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5201 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5202 } 5203 } 5204 5205 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5206 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5207 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5208 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5209 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5210 5211 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5212 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5213 5214 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5215 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5216 return false; 5217 5218 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5219 5220 #ifndef NDEBUG 5221 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5222 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5223 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5224 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5225 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5226 #endif 5227 5228 bool isC99Inline = 5229 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5230 5231 #ifndef NDEBUG 5232 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5233 #endif 5234 5235 return isC99Inline; 5236 } 5237 5238 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5239 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5240 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5241 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5242 /// 5243 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5244 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5245 /// 5246 /// For instance: 5247 /// 5248 /// auto x = []{}; 5249 /// 5250 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5251 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5252 /// 5253 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5254 template<typename T> 5255 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5256 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5257 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5258 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5259 return false; 5260 } 5261 return D->isExternC(); 5262 } 5263 5264 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5265 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5266 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5267 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5268 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5269 return true; 5270 if (DC->isRecord()) 5271 return false; 5272 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5273 } 5274 5275 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5276 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5277 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5278 return true; 5279 if (DC->isRecord()) 5280 return false; 5281 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5282 } 5283 5284 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5285 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5286 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5287 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5288 return true; 5289 return false; 5290 } 5291 5292 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5293 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5294 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5295 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5296 return true; 5297 5298 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5299 // position to the decl itself. 5300 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5301 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5302 return true; 5303 } 5304 5305 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5306 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5307 } 5308 5309 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5310 /// function-local external declaration. 5311 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5312 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5313 return false; 5314 5315 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5316 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5317 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5318 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5319 return true; 5320 5321 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5322 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5323 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5324 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5325 // 5326 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5327 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5328 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5329 DC = DC->getParent(); 5330 return true; 5331 } 5332 5333 NamedDecl * 5334 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5335 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5336 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5337 bool &AddToScope) { 5338 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5339 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5340 5341 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5342 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5343 5344 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5345 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5346 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5347 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5348 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5349 SC = SC_Extern; 5350 5351 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5352 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5353 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5354 5355 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5356 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5357 QualType NR = R; 5358 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5359 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5360 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5361 D.setInvalidType(); 5362 break; 5363 } 5364 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5365 } 5366 5367 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5368 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5369 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5370 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5371 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5372 D.setInvalidType(); 5373 } 5374 } 5375 } 5376 5377 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5378 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5379 // an error here 5380 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5381 D.setInvalidType(); 5382 SC = SC_None; 5383 } 5384 5385 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5386 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5387 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5388 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5389 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5390 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5391 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5392 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5393 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5394 } 5395 5396 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5397 if (!II) { 5398 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5399 << Name; 5400 return nullptr; 5401 } 5402 5403 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5404 5405 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5406 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5407 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5408 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5409 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5410 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5411 D.setInvalidType(); 5412 } 5413 } 5414 5415 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5416 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5417 // OpenCL __local address space. 5418 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5419 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5420 } 5421 5422 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5423 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5424 // space qualifiers. 5425 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5426 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5427 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5428 } 5429 5430 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5431 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5432 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5433 // address space qualifiers. 5434 if (R->isEventT()) { 5435 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5436 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5437 D.setInvalidType(); 5438 } 5439 5440 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5441 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5442 D.setInvalidType(); 5443 } 5444 } 5445 } 5446 5447 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5448 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5449 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5450 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5451 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5452 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5453 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5454 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5455 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5456 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5457 R, TInfo, SC); 5458 5459 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5460 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5461 } else { 5462 bool Invalid = false; 5463 5464 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5465 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5466 switch (SC) { 5467 case SC_None: 5468 break; 5469 case SC_Static: 5470 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5471 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5472 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5473 break; 5474 case SC_Auto: 5475 case SC_Register: 5476 case SC_Extern: 5477 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5478 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5479 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5480 // of class members 5481 5482 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5483 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5484 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5485 break; 5486 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5487 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5488 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5489 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5490 } 5491 } 5492 5493 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5494 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5495 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5496 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5497 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5498 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5499 5500 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5501 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5502 if (RD->isUnion()) 5503 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5504 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5505 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5506 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5507 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5508 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5509 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5510 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5511 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5512 } 5513 } 5514 5515 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5516 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5517 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5518 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5519 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5520 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5521 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5522 : nullptr, 5523 TemplateParamLists, 5524 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5525 5526 if (TemplateParams) { 5527 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5528 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5529 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5530 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5531 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5532 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5533 << II 5534 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5535 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5536 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5537 } else { 5538 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5539 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5540 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5541 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5542 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5543 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5544 // This is a template declaration. 5545 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5546 5547 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5548 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5549 return nullptr; 5550 5551 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5552 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5553 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5554 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5555 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5556 } 5557 } 5558 } else { 5559 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5560 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5561 } 5562 5563 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5564 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5565 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5566 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5567 : SourceLocation(); 5568 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5569 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5570 IsPartialSpecialization); 5571 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5572 return nullptr; 5573 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5574 AddToScope = false; 5575 } else 5576 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5577 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5578 5579 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5580 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5581 NewTemplate = 5582 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5583 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5584 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5585 } 5586 5587 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5588 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5589 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5590 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5591 5592 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5593 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5594 if (NewTemplate) 5595 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5596 } 5597 5598 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5599 5600 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5601 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5602 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5603 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5604 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5605 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5606 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5607 5608 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5609 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5610 } 5611 5612 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5613 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5614 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5615 if (NewTemplate) 5616 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5617 5618 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5619 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5620 5621 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5622 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5623 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5624 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5625 // explicitly. 5626 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5627 // 'extern'. 5628 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5629 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5630 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5631 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5632 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5633 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5634 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5635 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5636 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5637 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5638 else 5639 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5640 } 5641 5642 // C99 6.7.4p3 5643 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5644 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5645 // thread storage duration... 5646 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5647 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5648 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5649 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5650 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5651 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5652 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5653 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5654 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5655 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5656 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5657 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5658 } 5659 } 5660 5661 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5662 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5663 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5664 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5665 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5666 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5667 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5668 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5669 << 2 5670 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5671 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5672 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5673 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5674 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5675 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5676 else { 5677 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5678 if (NewTemplate) 5679 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5680 } 5681 } 5682 5683 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5684 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5685 5686 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5687 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5688 // storage [duration]." 5689 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5690 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5691 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5692 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5693 } 5694 } 5695 5696 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5697 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5698 // check the VarDecl itself. 5699 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5700 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5701 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5702 5703 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5704 // retainable type. 5705 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5706 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5707 5708 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5709 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5710 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5711 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5712 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5713 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5714 switch (SC) { 5715 case SC_None: 5716 case SC_Auto: 5717 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5718 break; 5719 case SC_Register: 5720 // Local Named register 5721 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5722 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5723 break; 5724 case SC_Static: 5725 case SC_Extern: 5726 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5727 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5728 break; 5729 } 5730 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5731 // Global Named register 5732 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5733 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5734 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5735 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5736 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5741 Context, Label, 0)); 5742 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5743 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5744 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5745 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5746 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5747 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5748 } 5749 } 5750 5751 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5752 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5753 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5754 5755 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5756 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5757 // declaration has linkage). 5758 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5759 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5760 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5761 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5762 5763 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5764 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5766 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5767 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5768 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5769 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5770 5771 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5772 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5773 } else { 5774 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5775 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5776 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5777 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5778 5779 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5780 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5781 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5782 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5783 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5784 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5785 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5786 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5787 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5788 Previous.clear(); 5789 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5790 } 5791 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5792 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5793 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5794 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5795 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5796 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5797 } 5798 5799 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5800 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5801 5802 if (NewTemplate) { 5803 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5804 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5805 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5806 : nullptr; 5807 5808 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5809 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5810 // template declaration. 5811 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5812 TemplateParams, 5813 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5814 : nullptr, 5815 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5816 DC->isDependentContext()) 5817 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5818 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5819 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5820 5821 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5822 // template, make a note of that. 5823 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5824 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5825 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5826 } 5827 } 5828 5829 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5830 5831 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5832 // the map of such variables. 5833 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5834 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5835 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5836 5837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5838 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5839 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5840 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5841 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5842 Context.setManglingNumber( 5843 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5844 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5845 } 5846 } 5847 5848 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5849 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5850 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5851 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5852 } 5853 5854 if (NewTemplate) { 5855 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5856 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5857 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5858 return NewTemplate; 5859 } 5860 5861 return NewVD; 5862 } 5863 5864 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5865 /// -Wshadow. 5866 /// 5867 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5868 /// scope. 5869 /// 5870 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5871 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5872 /// 5873 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5874 // Return if warning is ignored. 5875 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5876 return; 5877 5878 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5879 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5880 return; 5881 5882 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5883 5884 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5885 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5886 return; 5887 5888 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5889 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5890 return; 5891 5892 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5893 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5894 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5895 if (MD->isStatic()) 5896 return; 5897 5898 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5899 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5900 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5901 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5902 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5903 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5904 ShadowedDecl = I; 5905 break; 5906 } 5907 } 5908 5909 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5910 5911 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5912 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5913 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5914 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5915 return; 5916 5917 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5918 // static data members from base classes? 5919 5920 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5921 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5922 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5923 } 5924 5925 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5926 unsigned Kind; 5927 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5928 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5929 Kind = 3; // field 5930 else 5931 Kind = 2; // static data member 5932 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5933 Kind = 1; // global 5934 else 5935 Kind = 0; // local 5936 5937 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5938 5939 // Emit warning and note. 5940 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5941 return; 5942 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5943 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5944 } 5945 5946 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5947 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5948 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5949 return; 5950 5951 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5952 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5953 LookupName(R, S); 5954 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5955 } 5956 5957 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5958 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5959 template<typename T> 5960 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5961 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5962 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5963 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5964 5965 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5966 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5967 // declaration. 5968 return false; 5969 } 5970 5971 if (Prev) { 5972 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5973 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5974 // redeclaration. 5975 Previous.clear(); 5976 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5977 return true; 5978 } 5979 5980 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5981 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5982 // declaration. 5983 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5984 return false; 5985 } else { 5986 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5987 // translation unit which might conflict. 5988 if (IsGlobal) { 5989 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5990 IsGlobal = false; 5991 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5992 I != E; ++I) { 5993 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5994 Prev = *I; 5995 break; 5996 } 5997 } 5998 } else { 5999 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6000 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6001 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6002 I != E; ++I) { 6003 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6004 Prev = *I; 6005 break; 6006 } 6007 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6008 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6009 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6010 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6011 // diagnostic. 6012 } 6013 } 6014 6015 if (!Prev) 6016 return false; 6017 } 6018 6019 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6020 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6021 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6022 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6023 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6024 else 6025 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6026 6027 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6028 << IsGlobal << ND; 6029 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6030 << IsGlobal; 6031 return false; 6032 } 6033 6034 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6035 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6036 /// 6037 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6038 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6039 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6040 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6041 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6042 template<typename T> 6043 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6044 LookupResult &Previous) { 6045 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6046 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6047 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6048 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6049 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6050 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6051 Previous.clear(); 6052 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6053 return true; 6054 } 6055 } 6056 return false; 6057 } 6058 6059 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6060 // declaration. 6061 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6062 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6063 6064 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6065 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6066 // in another scope. 6067 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6068 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6069 6070 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6071 return false; 6072 } 6073 6074 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6075 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6076 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6077 return; 6078 6079 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6080 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6081 6082 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6083 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6084 return; 6085 6086 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6087 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6088 6089 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6090 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6091 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6092 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6093 NewVD->setType(T); 6094 } 6095 6096 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6097 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6098 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6099 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6100 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6101 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6102 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6103 return; 6104 } 6105 6106 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6107 // __constant address space. 6108 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6109 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6110 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6111 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6112 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6113 return; 6114 } 6115 6116 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6117 // scope. 6118 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6119 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6120 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6121 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6122 return; 6123 } 6124 6125 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6126 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6127 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6128 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6129 else { 6130 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6131 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6132 } 6133 } 6134 6135 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6136 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6137 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6138 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6139 6140 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6141 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6142 bool SizeIsNegative; 6143 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6144 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6145 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6146 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6147 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6148 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6149 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6150 // int a[10][n]; 6151 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6152 6153 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6154 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6155 << SizeRange; 6156 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6157 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6158 << SizeRange; 6159 else 6160 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6161 << SizeRange; 6162 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6163 return; 6164 } 6165 6166 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6167 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6168 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6169 else 6170 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6171 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6172 return; 6173 } 6174 6175 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6176 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6177 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6178 } 6179 6180 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6181 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6182 // of objects and functions. 6183 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6184 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6185 << T; 6186 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6187 return; 6188 } 6189 } 6190 6191 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6192 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6193 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6194 return; 6195 } 6196 6197 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6198 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6199 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6200 return; 6201 } 6202 6203 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6204 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6205 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6206 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6207 return; 6208 } 6209 } 6210 6211 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6212 /// declaration. 6213 /// 6214 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6215 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6216 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6217 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6218 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6219 /// 6220 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6221 /// 6222 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6223 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6224 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6225 6226 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6227 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6228 return false; 6229 6230 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6231 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6232 if (Previous.empty() && 6233 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6234 Previous.setShadowed(); 6235 6236 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6237 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6238 6239 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6240 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6241 return true; 6242 } 6243 return false; 6244 } 6245 6246 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6247 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6248 Sema *S; 6249 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6250 }; 6251 6252 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6253 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6254 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6255 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6256 CXXBasePath &Path, 6257 void *UserData) { 6258 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6259 6260 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6261 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6262 6263 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6264 6265 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6266 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6267 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6268 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6269 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6270 6271 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6272 } 6273 6274 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6275 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6276 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6277 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6278 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6279 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6280 return true; 6281 } 6282 } 6283 6284 return false; 6285 } 6286 6287 namespace { 6288 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6289 } 6290 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6291 /// overriden methods. 6292 /// 6293 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6294 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6295 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6296 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6297 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6298 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6299 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6300 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6301 I != E; ++I) { 6302 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6303 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6304 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6305 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6306 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6307 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6308 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6313 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6314 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6315 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6316 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6317 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6318 Data.Method = MD; 6319 Data.S = this; 6320 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6321 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6322 bool AddedAny = false; 6323 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6324 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6325 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6326 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6327 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6328 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6329 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6330 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6331 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6332 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6333 AddedAny = true; 6334 } 6335 } 6336 } 6337 } 6338 6339 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6340 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6341 } 6342 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6343 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6344 } 6345 6346 return AddedAny; 6347 } 6348 6349 namespace { 6350 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6351 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6352 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6353 Scope *S; 6354 Declarator &D; 6355 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6356 bool AddToScope; 6357 }; 6358 } 6359 6360 namespace { 6361 6362 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6363 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6364 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6365 public: 6366 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6367 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6368 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6369 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6370 6371 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6372 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6373 return false; 6374 6375 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6376 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6377 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6378 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6379 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6380 6381 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6382 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6383 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6384 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6385 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6386 return true; 6387 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6388 return true; 6389 } 6390 } 6391 } 6392 6393 return false; 6394 } 6395 6396 private: 6397 ASTContext &Context; 6398 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6399 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6400 }; 6401 6402 } 6403 6404 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6405 /// 6406 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6407 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6408 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6409 /// the same name. 6410 /// 6411 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6412 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6413 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6414 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6415 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6416 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6417 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6418 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6419 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6420 TypoCorrection Correction; 6421 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6422 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6423 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6424 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6425 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6426 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6427 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6428 6429 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6430 if (IsLocalFriend) 6431 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6432 else 6433 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6434 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6435 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6436 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6437 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6438 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6439 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6440 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6441 if (FD && 6442 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6443 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6444 // involve a parameter 6445 unsigned ParamNum = 6446 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6447 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6448 } 6449 } 6450 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6451 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6452 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6453 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6454 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6455 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6456 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6457 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6458 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6459 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6460 Previous.clear(); 6461 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6462 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6463 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6464 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6465 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6466 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6467 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6468 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6469 } 6470 } 6471 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6472 6473 NamedDecl *Result; 6474 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6475 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6476 { 6477 // Trap errors. 6478 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6479 6480 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6481 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6482 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6483 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6484 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6485 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6486 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6487 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6488 6489 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6490 Result = nullptr; 6491 } 6492 6493 if (Result) { 6494 // Determine which correction we picked. 6495 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6496 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6497 I != E; ++I) 6498 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6499 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6500 6501 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6502 Correction, 6503 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6504 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6505 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6506 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6507 return Result; 6508 } 6509 6510 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6511 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6512 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6513 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6514 Previous.clear(); 6515 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6516 } 6517 6518 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6519 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6520 6521 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6522 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6523 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6524 6525 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6526 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6527 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6528 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6529 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6530 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6531 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6532 6533 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6534 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6535 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6536 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6537 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6538 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6539 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6540 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6541 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6542 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6543 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6544 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6545 } else 6546 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6547 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6548 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6549 } 6550 return nullptr; 6551 } 6552 6553 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6554 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6555 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6556 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6557 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6558 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6559 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6560 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6561 D.setInvalidType(); 6562 break; 6563 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6564 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6565 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6566 return SC_None; 6567 return SC_Extern; 6568 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6569 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6570 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6571 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6572 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6573 // other than extern 6574 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6575 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6576 diag::err_static_block_func); 6577 break; 6578 } else 6579 return SC_Static; 6580 } 6581 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6582 } 6583 6584 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6585 return SC_None; 6586 } 6587 6588 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6589 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6590 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6591 StorageClass SC, 6592 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6594 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6595 6596 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6597 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6598 6599 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6600 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6601 // prototype. This true when: 6602 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6603 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6604 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6605 bool HasPrototype = 6606 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6607 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6608 6609 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6610 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6611 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6612 HasPrototype, false); 6613 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6614 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6615 6616 return NewFD; 6617 } 6618 6619 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6620 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6621 6622 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6623 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6624 // the class has been completely parsed. 6625 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6626 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6627 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6628 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6629 D.setInvalidType(); 6630 6631 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6632 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6633 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6634 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6635 6636 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6637 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6638 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6639 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6640 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6641 isConstexpr); 6642 6643 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6644 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6645 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6646 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6647 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6648 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6649 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6650 D.getLocStart(), 6651 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6652 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6653 6654 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6655 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6656 // it yet. 6657 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6658 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6659 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6660 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6661 } 6662 6663 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6664 return NewDD; 6665 6666 } else { 6667 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6668 D.setInvalidType(); 6669 6670 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6671 // code path. 6672 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6673 D.getLocStart(), 6674 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6675 SC, isInline, 6676 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6677 } 6678 6679 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6680 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6681 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6682 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6683 return nullptr; 6684 } 6685 6686 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6687 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6688 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6689 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6690 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6691 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6692 6693 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6694 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6695 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6696 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6697 // constructor if it has no return type). 6698 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6699 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6700 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6701 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6702 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6703 return nullptr; 6704 } 6705 6706 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6707 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6708 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6709 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6710 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6711 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6712 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6713 return Ret; 6714 } else { 6715 bool isFriend = 6716 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6717 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6718 return nullptr; 6719 6720 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6721 // prototype. This true when: 6722 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6723 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6724 D.getLocStart(), 6725 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6726 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6727 } 6728 } 6729 6730 enum OpenCLParamType { 6731 ValidKernelParam, 6732 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6733 PtrKernelParam, 6734 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6735 InvalidKernelParam, 6736 RecordKernelParam 6737 }; 6738 6739 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6740 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6741 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6742 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6743 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6744 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6745 : PtrKernelParam; 6746 } 6747 6748 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6749 // be used as builtin types. 6750 6751 if (PT->isImageType()) 6752 return PtrKernelParam; 6753 6754 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6755 return InvalidKernelParam; 6756 6757 if (PT->isEventT()) 6758 return InvalidKernelParam; 6759 6760 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6761 return InvalidKernelParam; 6762 6763 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6764 return RecordKernelParam; 6765 6766 return ValidKernelParam; 6767 } 6768 6769 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6770 Sema &S, 6771 Declarator &D, 6772 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6773 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6774 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6775 6776 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6777 // used again 6778 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6779 return; 6780 6781 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6782 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6783 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6784 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6785 // pointer to a pointer type. 6786 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6787 D.setInvalidType(); 6788 return; 6789 6790 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6791 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6792 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6793 // pointer to the private address space. 6794 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6795 D.setInvalidType(); 6796 return; 6797 6798 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6799 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6800 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6801 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6802 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6803 6804 case InvalidKernelParam: 6805 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6806 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6807 // of event_t type. 6808 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6809 D.setInvalidType(); 6810 return; 6811 6812 case PtrKernelParam: 6813 case ValidKernelParam: 6814 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6815 return; 6816 6817 case RecordKernelParam: 6818 break; 6819 } 6820 6821 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6822 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6823 6824 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6825 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6826 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6827 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6828 6829 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6830 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6831 6832 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6833 6834 do { 6835 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6836 if (!Next) { 6837 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6838 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6839 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6840 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6841 6842 continue; 6843 } 6844 6845 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6846 // field itself) to the history stack. 6847 const RecordDecl *RD; 6848 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6849 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6850 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6851 } else { 6852 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6853 } 6854 6855 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6856 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6857 6858 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6859 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6860 6861 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6862 continue; 6863 6864 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6865 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6866 continue; 6867 6868 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6869 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6870 continue; 6871 } 6872 6873 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6874 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6875 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6876 // union. 6877 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6878 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6879 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6880 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6881 << PT->isUnionType() 6882 << PT; 6883 } else { 6884 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6885 } 6886 6887 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6888 << PD->getDeclName(); 6889 6890 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6891 // the offending field came from 6892 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6893 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6894 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6895 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6896 << OuterField->getType(); 6897 } 6898 6899 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6900 << QT->isPointerType() 6901 << QT; 6902 D.setInvalidType(); 6903 return; 6904 } 6905 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6906 } 6907 6908 NamedDecl* 6909 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6910 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6911 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6912 bool &AddToScope) { 6913 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6914 6915 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6916 6917 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6918 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6919 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6920 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6921 6922 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6923 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6924 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6925 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6926 6927 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6928 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6929 6930 bool isFriend = false; 6931 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6932 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6933 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6934 6935 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6936 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6937 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6938 6939 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6940 6941 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6942 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6943 6944 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6945 isVirtualOkay); 6946 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6947 6948 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6949 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6950 6951 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6952 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6953 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6954 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6955 6956 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6957 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6958 6959 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6960 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6961 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6962 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6963 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6964 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6965 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6966 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6967 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6968 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6969 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6970 } 6971 6972 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6973 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6974 // return true). 6975 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6976 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6977 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6978 NewFD->setPure(true); 6979 } 6980 6981 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6982 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6983 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6984 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6985 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6986 6987 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6988 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6989 bool Invalid = false; 6990 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6991 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6992 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6993 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6994 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6995 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6996 : nullptr, 6997 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6998 Invalid)) { 6999 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7000 // This is a function template 7001 7002 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7003 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7004 return nullptr; 7005 7006 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7007 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7008 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7009 return nullptr; 7010 } 7011 7012 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7013 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7014 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7015 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7016 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7017 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7018 Invalid = true; 7019 } 7020 7021 7022 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7023 NewFD->getLocation(), 7024 Name, TemplateParams, 7025 NewFD); 7026 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7027 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7028 7029 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7030 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7031 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7032 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7033 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7034 } 7035 } else { 7036 // This is a function template specialization. 7037 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7038 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7039 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7040 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7041 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7042 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7043 7044 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7045 if (isFriend) { 7046 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7047 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7048 7049 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7050 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7051 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7052 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7053 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7054 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7055 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7056 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7057 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7058 } 7059 7060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7061 << Name << RemoveRange 7062 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7063 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7064 } 7065 } 7066 } 7067 else { 7068 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7069 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7070 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7071 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7072 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7073 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7074 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7075 } 7076 7077 if (Invalid) { 7078 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7079 if (FunctionTemplate) 7080 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7081 } 7082 7083 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7084 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7085 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7086 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7087 // 7088 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7089 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7090 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7091 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7092 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7093 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7094 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7095 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7096 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7097 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7098 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7099 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7100 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7101 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7102 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7103 } else { 7104 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7105 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7106 } 7107 7108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7109 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7110 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7111 } 7112 7113 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7114 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7115 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7116 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7117 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7118 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7119 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7120 // thing to do. 7121 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7122 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7123 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7124 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7125 QualType Result = 7126 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7127 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7128 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7129 } 7130 7131 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7132 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7133 // declaration. 7134 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7135 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7136 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7137 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7138 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7139 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7140 } 7141 } 7142 7143 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7144 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7145 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7146 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7147 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7148 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7149 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7150 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7151 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7152 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7153 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7154 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7155 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7156 // or conversion function. 7157 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7158 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7159 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7160 } 7161 } 7162 7163 if (isConstexpr) { 7164 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7165 // are implicitly inline. 7166 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7167 7168 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7169 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7170 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7171 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7172 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7173 } 7174 7175 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7176 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7177 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7178 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7179 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7180 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7181 << 0 7182 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7183 } else { 7184 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7185 if (FunctionTemplate) 7186 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7187 } 7188 } 7189 7190 if (isFriend) { 7191 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7192 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7193 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7194 } 7195 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7196 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7197 } 7198 7199 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7200 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7201 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7202 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7203 case FDK_Declaration: 7204 case FDK_Definition: 7205 break; 7206 7207 case FDK_Defaulted: 7208 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7209 break; 7210 7211 case FDK_Deleted: 7212 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7213 break; 7214 } 7215 7216 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7217 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7218 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7219 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7220 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7221 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7222 } 7223 7224 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7225 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7226 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7227 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7228 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7229 // the class. 7230 7231 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7232 // member function definition. 7233 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7234 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7235 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7236 } 7237 7238 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7239 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7240 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7241 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7242 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7243 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7244 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7245 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7246 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7247 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7248 } 7249 7250 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7251 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7252 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7253 isExplicitSpecialization || 7254 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7255 7256 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7257 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7258 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7259 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7260 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7261 SE->getString(), 0)); 7262 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7263 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7264 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7265 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7266 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7267 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7268 } 7269 } 7270 7271 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7272 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7273 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7274 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7275 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7276 7277 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7278 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7279 // single void argument. 7280 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7281 // already checks for that case. 7282 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7283 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7284 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7285 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7286 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7287 Params.push_back(Param); 7288 7289 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7290 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7291 } 7292 } 7293 7294 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7295 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7296 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7297 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7298 // 7299 // @code 7300 // typedef void fn(int); 7301 // fn f; 7302 // @endcode 7303 7304 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7305 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7306 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7307 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7308 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7309 Params.push_back(Param); 7310 } 7311 } else { 7312 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7313 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7314 } 7315 7316 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7317 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7318 7319 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7320 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7321 // 7322 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7323 // 7324 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7325 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7326 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7327 7328 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7329 NewFD->addAttr( 7330 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7331 Context, 0)); 7332 7333 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7334 // because all functions have linkage. 7335 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7336 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7337 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7338 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7339 } 7340 7341 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7342 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7343 NewFD->addAttr( 7344 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7345 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7346 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7347 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7348 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7349 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7350 NewFD)) 7351 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7352 } 7353 7354 // Handle attributes. 7355 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7356 7357 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7358 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7359 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7360 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7361 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7362 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7363 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7364 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7365 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7366 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7367 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7368 } 7369 7370 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7371 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7372 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7373 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7374 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7375 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7376 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7377 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7378 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7379 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7380 } 7381 } 7382 7383 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7384 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7385 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7386 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7387 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7388 7389 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7390 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7391 7392 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7393 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7394 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7395 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7396 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7397 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7398 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7399 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7400 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7401 7402 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7403 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7404 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7405 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7406 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7407 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7408 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7409 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7410 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7411 int DiagID = 7412 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7413 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7414 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7415 } 7416 } 7417 } else { 7418 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7419 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7420 // 7421 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7422 // 7423 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7424 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7425 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7426 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7427 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7428 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7429 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7430 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7431 7432 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7433 // argument list into our AST format. 7434 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7435 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7436 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7437 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7438 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7439 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7440 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7441 TemplateArgs); 7442 7443 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7444 7445 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7446 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7447 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7448 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7449 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7450 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7451 7452 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7453 } else { 7454 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7455 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7456 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7457 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7458 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7459 } 7460 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7461 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7462 // wrote something like: 7463 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7464 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7465 // friend void foo<>(int); 7466 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7467 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7468 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7469 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7470 } 7471 7472 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7473 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7474 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7475 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7476 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7477 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7478 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7479 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7480 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7481 InstantiationDependent))) { 7482 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7483 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7484 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7485 Previous)) 7486 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7487 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7488 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7489 && !isFriend) { 7490 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7491 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7492 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7493 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7494 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7495 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7496 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7497 : nullptr), 7498 Previous)) 7499 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7500 7501 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7502 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7503 // specialization (14.7.3) 7504 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7505 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7506 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7507 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7508 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7509 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7510 << SC 7511 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7512 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7513 7514 else 7515 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7516 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7517 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7518 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7519 } 7520 7521 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7522 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7523 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7524 } 7525 7526 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7527 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7528 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7529 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7530 7531 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7532 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7533 7534 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7535 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7536 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7537 } 7538 7539 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7540 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7541 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7542 7543 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7544 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7545 : NewFD); 7546 7547 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7548 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7549 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7550 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7551 7552 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7553 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7554 } 7555 7556 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7557 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7558 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7559 7560 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7561 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7562 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7563 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7564 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7565 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7566 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7567 : nullptr, 7568 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7569 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7570 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7571 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7572 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7573 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7574 DC->isDependentContext()) 7575 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7576 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7577 } 7578 7579 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7580 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7581 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7582 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7583 AddToScope }; 7584 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7585 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7586 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7587 7588 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7589 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7590 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7591 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7592 7593 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7594 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7595 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7596 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7597 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7598 // can actually do this check immediately. 7599 if (isFriend && 7600 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7601 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7602 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7603 // ignore these 7604 } else { 7605 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7606 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7607 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7608 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7609 // 7610 // class X { 7611 // void f() const; 7612 // }; 7613 // 7614 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7615 // 7616 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7617 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7618 // whether the parameter types are references). 7619 7620 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7621 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7622 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7623 return Result; 7624 } 7625 } 7626 7627 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7628 // to something. 7629 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7630 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7631 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7632 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7633 return Result; 7634 } 7635 } 7636 7637 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7638 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7639 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7640 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7641 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7642 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7643 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7644 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7645 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7646 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7647 // generate them. 7648 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7649 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7650 } 7651 } 7652 7653 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7654 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7655 7656 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7657 7658 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7659 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7660 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7661 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7662 << NewFD; 7663 7664 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7665 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7666 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7667 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7668 EPI.Variadic = true; 7669 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7670 7671 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7672 NewFD->setType(R); 7673 } 7674 7675 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7676 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7677 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7678 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7679 7680 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7681 // marking the function. 7682 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7683 7684 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7685 // a pragma. 7686 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7687 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7688 7689 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7690 // the map of such variables. 7691 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7692 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7693 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7694 7695 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7696 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7697 7698 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7699 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7700 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7701 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7702 } 7703 7704 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7705 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7706 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7707 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7708 return FunctionTemplate; 7709 } 7710 } 7711 7712 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7713 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7714 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7715 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7716 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7717 D.setInvalidType(); 7718 } 7719 7720 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7721 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7722 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7723 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7724 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7725 : FixItHint()); 7726 D.setInvalidType(); 7727 } 7728 7729 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7730 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7731 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7732 } 7733 7734 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7735 7736 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7737 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7738 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7739 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7740 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7741 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7742 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7743 7744 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7745 } 7746 } 7747 7748 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7749 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7750 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7751 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7752 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7753 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7754 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7755 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7756 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7757 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7758 AddToScope = false; 7759 } 7760 7761 return NewFD; 7762 } 7763 7764 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7765 /// 7766 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7767 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7768 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7769 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7770 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7771 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7772 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7773 /// 7774 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7775 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7776 /// 7777 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7778 /// 7779 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7780 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7781 LookupResult &Previous, 7782 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7783 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7784 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7785 7786 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7787 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7788 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7789 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7790 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7791 7792 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7793 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7794 7795 bool Redeclaration = false; 7796 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7797 7798 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7799 // the same name, if appropriate. 7800 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7801 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7802 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7803 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7804 // function to the scope. 7805 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7806 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7807 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7808 Redeclaration = true; 7809 OldDecl = Candidate; 7810 } 7811 } else { 7812 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7813 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7814 case Ovl_Match: 7815 Redeclaration = true; 7816 break; 7817 7818 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7819 Redeclaration = true; 7820 break; 7821 7822 case Ovl_Overload: 7823 Redeclaration = false; 7824 break; 7825 } 7826 7827 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7828 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7829 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7830 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7831 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7832 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7833 if (Redeclaration) 7834 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7835 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7836 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7837 if (OverloadedDecl) 7838 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7839 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7840 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7841 } 7842 } 7843 } 7844 7845 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7846 if (!Redeclaration && 7847 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7848 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7849 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7850 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7851 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7852 Redeclaration = true; 7853 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7854 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7855 7856 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7857 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7858 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7859 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7860 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7861 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7862 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7863 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7864 } 7865 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7866 Redeclaration = false; 7867 OldDecl = nullptr; 7868 } 7869 } 7870 } 7871 } 7872 7873 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7874 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7875 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7876 // 7877 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7878 // definition of a static member function. 7879 // 7880 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7881 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7882 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7883 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7884 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7885 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7886 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7887 if (OldDecl) 7888 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7889 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7890 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7891 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7892 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7893 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7894 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7895 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7896 7897 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7898 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7899 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7900 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7901 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7902 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7903 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7904 7905 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7906 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7907 } 7908 } 7909 } 7910 7911 if (Redeclaration) { 7912 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7913 // merged. 7914 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7915 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7916 return Redeclaration; 7917 } 7918 7919 Previous.clear(); 7920 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7921 7922 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7923 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7924 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7925 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7926 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7927 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7928 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7929 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7930 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7931 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7932 } 7933 7934 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7935 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7936 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7937 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7938 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7939 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7940 } 7941 7942 } else { 7943 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7944 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7945 7946 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7947 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7948 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7949 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7950 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7951 7952 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7953 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7954 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7955 7956 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7957 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7958 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7959 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7960 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7961 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7962 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7963 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7964 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7965 } 7966 } 7967 } 7968 } 7969 } 7970 7971 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7972 7973 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7974 // C++-specific checks. 7975 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7976 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7977 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7978 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7979 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7980 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7981 7982 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7983 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7984 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7985 DeclarationName Name 7986 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7987 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7988 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7989 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7990 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7991 return Redeclaration; 7992 } 7993 } 7994 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7995 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7996 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7997 } 7998 7999 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8000 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8001 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8002 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8003 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8004 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8005 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8006 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8007 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8008 } 8009 } 8010 } 8011 8012 if (Method->isStatic()) 8013 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8014 } 8015 8016 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8017 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8018 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8019 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8020 return Redeclaration; 8021 } 8022 8023 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8024 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8025 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8026 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8027 return Redeclaration; 8028 } 8029 8030 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8031 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8032 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8033 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8034 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8035 8036 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8037 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8038 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8039 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8040 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8041 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8042 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8043 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8044 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8045 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8046 } 8047 } 8048 8049 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8050 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8051 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8052 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8053 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 8054 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8055 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8056 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8057 << NewFD << R; 8058 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8059 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8060 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8061 } 8062 } 8063 return Redeclaration; 8064 } 8065 8066 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8067 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8068 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8069 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8070 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8071 // appear in a declaration of main. 8072 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8073 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8074 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8075 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8076 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8077 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8078 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8079 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8080 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8081 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8082 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8083 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8084 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8085 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8086 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8087 } 8088 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8089 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8090 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8091 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8092 } 8093 8094 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8095 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8096 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8097 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8098 return; 8099 } 8100 8101 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8102 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8103 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8104 8105 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8106 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8107 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8108 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8109 8110 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8111 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8112 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8113 else { 8114 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8115 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8116 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8117 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8118 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8119 } 8120 } else { 8121 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8122 // set the flag which tells us that. 8123 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8124 8125 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8126 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8127 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8128 else { 8129 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8130 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8131 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8132 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8133 : FixItHint()); 8134 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8135 } 8136 } 8137 8138 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8139 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8140 8141 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8142 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8143 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8144 8145 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8146 8147 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8148 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8149 // getting shifty. 8150 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8151 HasExtraParameters = false; 8152 8153 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8154 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8155 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8156 nparams = 3; 8157 } 8158 8159 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8160 // if we had some location information about types. 8161 8162 QualType CharPP = 8163 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8164 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8165 8166 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8167 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8168 8169 bool mismatch = true; 8170 8171 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8172 mismatch = false; 8173 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8174 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8175 // char const ** 8176 // char const * const * 8177 // char * const * 8178 8179 QualifierCollector qs; 8180 const PointerType* PT; 8181 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8182 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8183 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8184 Context.CharTy)) { 8185 qs.removeConst(); 8186 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8187 } 8188 } 8189 8190 if (mismatch) { 8191 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8192 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8193 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8194 } 8195 } 8196 8197 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8198 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8199 } 8200 8201 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8202 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8203 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8204 } 8205 } 8206 8207 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8208 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8209 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8210 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8211 8212 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8213 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8214 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8215 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8216 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8217 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8218 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8219 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8220 8221 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8222 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8223 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8224 } 8225 } 8226 8227 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8228 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8229 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8230 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8231 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8232 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8233 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8234 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8235 // rules there don't matter.) 8236 const Expr *Culprit; 8237 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8238 return false; 8239 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8240 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8241 return true; 8242 } 8243 8244 namespace { 8245 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8246 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8247 class SelfReferenceChecker 8248 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8249 Sema &S; 8250 Decl *OrigDecl; 8251 bool isRecordType; 8252 bool isPODType; 8253 bool isReferenceType; 8254 8255 bool isInitList; 8256 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8257 public: 8258 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8259 8260 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8261 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8262 isPODType = false; 8263 isRecordType = false; 8264 isReferenceType = false; 8265 isInitList = false; 8266 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8267 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8268 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8269 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8270 } 8271 } 8272 8273 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8274 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8275 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8276 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8277 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8278 if (!InitList) { 8279 Visit(E); 8280 return; 8281 } 8282 8283 // Track and increment the index here. 8284 isInitList = true; 8285 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8286 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8287 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8288 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8289 } 8290 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8291 } 8292 8293 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8294 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8295 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8296 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8297 Expr *Base = E; 8298 bool ReferenceField = false; 8299 8300 // Get the field memebers used. 8301 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8302 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8303 if (!FD) 8304 return false; 8305 Fields.push_back(FD); 8306 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8307 ReferenceField = true; 8308 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8309 } 8310 8311 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8312 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8313 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8314 return false; 8315 8316 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8317 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8318 return true; 8319 8320 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8321 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8322 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8323 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8324 } 8325 8326 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8327 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8328 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8329 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8330 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8331 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8332 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8333 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8334 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8335 return true; 8336 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8337 break; 8338 } 8339 8340 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8341 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8342 return true; 8343 } 8344 8345 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8346 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8347 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8348 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8349 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8350 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8351 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8352 return; 8353 } 8354 8355 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8356 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8357 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8358 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8359 return; 8360 } 8361 8362 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8363 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8364 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8365 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8366 return; 8367 } 8368 8369 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8370 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8371 return; 8372 } 8373 8374 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8375 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8376 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8377 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8378 return; 8379 } 8380 } 8381 8382 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8383 if (isInitList) { 8384 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8385 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8386 return; 8387 } 8388 8389 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8390 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8391 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8392 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8393 return; 8394 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8395 } 8396 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8397 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8398 return; 8399 } 8400 8401 Visit(E); 8402 } 8403 8404 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8405 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8406 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8407 if (isReferenceType) 8408 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8409 } 8410 8411 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8412 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8413 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8414 return; 8415 } 8416 8417 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8418 } 8419 8420 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8421 if (isInitList) { 8422 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8423 return; 8424 } 8425 8426 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8427 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8428 8429 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8430 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8431 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8432 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8433 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8434 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8435 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8436 Warn = false; 8437 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8438 } 8439 8440 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8441 if (Warn) 8442 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8443 return; 8444 } 8445 8446 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8447 // Visit that expression. 8448 Visit(Base); 8449 } 8450 8451 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8452 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8453 8454 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8455 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8456 8457 Visit(Callee); 8458 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8459 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8460 } 8461 8462 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8463 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8464 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8465 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8466 if (!isPODType) 8467 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8468 return; 8469 } 8470 8471 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8472 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8473 return; 8474 } 8475 8476 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8477 } 8478 8479 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8480 8481 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8482 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8483 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8484 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8485 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8486 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8487 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8488 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8489 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8490 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8491 return; 8492 } 8493 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8494 } 8495 8496 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8497 // Treat std::move as a use. 8498 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8499 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8500 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8501 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8502 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8503 return; 8504 } 8505 } 8506 } 8507 8508 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8509 } 8510 8511 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8512 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8513 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8514 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8515 return; 8516 } 8517 8518 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8519 } 8520 8521 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8522 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8523 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8524 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8525 Visit(E->getCond()); 8526 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8527 } 8528 8529 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8530 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8531 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8532 unsigned diag; 8533 if (isReferenceType) { 8534 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8535 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8536 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8537 } else { 8538 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8539 } 8540 8541 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8542 S.PDiag(diag) 8543 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8544 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8545 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8546 } 8547 }; 8548 8549 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8550 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8551 bool DirectInit) { 8552 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8553 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8554 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8555 return; 8556 8557 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8558 8559 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8560 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8561 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8562 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8563 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8564 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8565 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8566 return; 8567 8568 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8569 } 8570 } 8571 8572 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8573 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8574 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8575 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8576 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8577 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8578 // the initializer. 8579 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8580 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init); 8581 return; 8582 } 8583 8584 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8585 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8586 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8587 // Thus this grotesque test. 8588 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8589 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8590 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8591 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8592 else { 8593 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8594 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8595 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8596 } 8597 return; 8598 } 8599 8600 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8601 if (!VDecl) { 8602 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8603 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8604 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8605 return; 8606 } 8607 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8608 8609 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8610 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8611 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8612 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8613 // contains exactly one expression. 8614 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8615 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8616 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8617 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8618 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8619 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8620 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8621 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8622 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8623 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8624 return; 8625 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8626 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8627 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8628 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8629 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8630 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8631 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8632 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8633 return; 8634 } else { 8635 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8636 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8637 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8638 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8639 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8640 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8641 } 8642 } 8643 8644 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8645 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8646 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8647 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8648 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8649 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8650 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8651 return; 8652 } 8653 Init = Result.get(); 8654 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8655 } 8656 8657 QualType DeducedType; 8658 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8659 DAR_Failed) 8660 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8661 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8662 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8663 return; 8664 } 8665 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8666 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8667 8668 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8669 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8670 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8671 8672 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8673 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8674 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8675 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8676 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8677 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8678 SourceLocation Loc = 8679 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8680 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8681 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8682 } 8683 8684 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8685 // the previously declared type. 8686 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8687 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8688 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8689 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8690 } 8691 8692 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8693 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8694 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8695 return; 8696 } 8697 8698 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8699 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8700 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8701 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8702 return; 8703 } 8704 8705 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8706 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8707 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8708 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8709 return; 8710 } 8711 8712 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8713 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8714 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8715 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8716 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8717 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8718 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8719 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8720 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8721 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8722 return; 8723 } 8724 8725 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8726 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8727 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8728 AbstractVariableType)) 8729 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8730 } 8731 8732 const VarDecl *Def; 8733 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8734 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8735 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8736 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8737 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8738 return; 8739 } 8740 8741 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8743 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8744 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8745 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8746 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8747 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8748 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8749 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8750 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8751 // 8752 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8753 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8754 // declaration with an initializer. 8755 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8756 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8757 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8758 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8759 return; 8760 } 8761 8762 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8763 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8764 8765 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8766 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8767 return; 8768 } 8769 } 8770 8771 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8772 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8773 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8774 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8775 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8776 return; 8777 } 8778 8779 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8780 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8781 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8782 8783 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8784 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8785 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8786 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8787 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8788 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8789 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8790 return; 8791 } 8792 Init = Result.get(); 8793 } 8794 8795 // Perform the initialization. 8796 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8797 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8798 InitializationKind Kind 8799 = DirectInit ? 8800 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8801 Init->getLocStart(), 8802 Init->getLocEnd()) 8803 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8804 VDecl->getLocation()) 8805 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8806 Init->getLocStart()); 8807 8808 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8809 if (CXXDirectInit) 8810 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8811 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8812 8813 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 8814 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 8815 ExprResult Res = 8816 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 8817 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 8818 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 8819 }); 8820 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 8821 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8822 return; 8823 } 8824 if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) 8825 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 8826 } 8827 8828 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8829 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8830 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8831 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8832 return; 8833 } 8834 8835 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8836 } 8837 8838 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8839 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8840 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8841 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8842 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8843 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8844 } 8845 8846 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8847 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8848 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8849 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8850 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8851 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8852 8853 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8854 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8855 8856 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8857 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8858 8859 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8860 // Although this code can still have problems: 8861 // id x = self.weakProp; 8862 // id y = self.weakProp; 8863 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8864 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8865 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8866 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8867 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8868 Init->getLocStart())) 8869 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8870 } 8871 8872 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8873 // 8874 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8875 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8876 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8877 // 8878 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8879 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8880 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8881 // 8882 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8883 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8884 false, 8885 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8886 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8887 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8888 return; 8889 } 8890 Init = Result.get(); 8891 8892 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8893 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8894 8895 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8896 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8897 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8898 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8899 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8900 const Expr *Culprit; 8901 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8902 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8903 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8904 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8905 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8906 // constant expressions. 8907 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8908 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8909 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8910 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8911 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8912 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8913 } 8914 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8915 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8916 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8917 // 8918 // struct S { 8919 // static const int value = 17; 8920 // }; 8921 8922 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8923 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8924 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8925 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8926 // 8927 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8928 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8929 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8930 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8931 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8932 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8933 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8934 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8935 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8936 8937 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8938 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8939 8940 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8941 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8942 // type. 8943 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8944 8945 // Require constness. 8946 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8947 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8948 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8949 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8950 8951 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8952 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8953 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8954 SourceLocation Loc; 8955 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8956 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8957 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8958 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8959 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8960 ; // Nothing to check. 8961 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8962 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8963 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8964 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8965 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8966 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8967 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8968 } else { 8969 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8970 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8971 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8972 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8973 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8974 } 8975 8976 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8977 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8978 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8979 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8980 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8981 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8982 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8983 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8984 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8985 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8986 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8987 } else { 8988 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8989 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8990 8991 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8992 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8993 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8994 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8995 } 8996 } 8997 8998 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8999 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9000 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9001 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9002 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9003 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9004 9005 } else { 9006 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9007 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9008 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9009 } 9010 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9011 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9012 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9013 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9014 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9015 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9016 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9017 9018 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9019 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9020 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9021 } 9022 9023 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9024 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9025 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9026 // 9027 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9028 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9029 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9030 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9031 // special case code. 9032 9033 // C++ 8.5p11: 9034 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9035 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9036 // class type. 9037 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9038 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9039 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9040 } else if (DirectInit) { 9041 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9042 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9043 } 9044 9045 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9046 } 9047 9048 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9049 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9050 /// of sanity. 9051 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9052 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9053 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9054 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9055 9056 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9057 if (!VD) return; 9058 9059 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9060 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9061 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9062 return; 9063 } 9064 9065 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9066 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9067 9068 // Require a complete type. 9069 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9070 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9071 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9072 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9073 return; 9074 } 9075 9076 // Require a non-abstract type. 9077 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9078 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9079 AbstractVariableType)) { 9080 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9081 return; 9082 } 9083 9084 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9085 // though. 9086 } 9087 9088 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9089 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9090 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9091 if (!RealDecl) 9092 return; 9093 9094 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9095 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9096 9097 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9098 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9099 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9100 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9101 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9102 return; 9103 } 9104 9105 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9106 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9107 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9108 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9109 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9110 // member. 9111 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9112 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9113 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9114 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9115 << Var->getDeclName(); 9116 else 9117 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9118 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9119 return; 9120 } 9121 9122 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9123 // be initialized. 9124 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9125 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9126 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9127 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9128 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9129 return; 9130 } 9131 9132 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9133 case VarDecl::Definition: 9134 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9135 break; 9136 9137 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9138 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9139 // a declaration. 9140 // 9141 // Fall through 9142 9143 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9144 // It's only a declaration. 9145 9146 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9147 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9148 // object shall be complete. 9149 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9150 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9151 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9152 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9153 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9154 9155 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9156 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9157 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9158 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9159 AbstractVariableType)) 9160 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9161 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9162 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9163 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9164 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9165 } 9166 9167 return; 9168 9169 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9170 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9171 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9172 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9173 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9174 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9175 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9176 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9177 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9178 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9179 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9180 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9181 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9182 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9183 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9184 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9185 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9186 // NOTE: code such as the following 9187 // static struct s; 9188 // struct s { int a; }; 9189 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9190 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9191 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9192 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9193 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9194 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9195 } 9196 } 9197 9198 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9199 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9200 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9201 return; 9202 } 9203 9204 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9205 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9206 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9207 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9208 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9209 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9210 return; 9211 } 9212 9213 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9214 // definitions with reference type. 9215 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9216 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9217 << Var->getDeclName() 9218 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9219 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9220 return; 9221 } 9222 9223 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9224 // variable with dependent type. 9225 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9226 return; 9227 9228 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9229 return; 9230 9231 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9232 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9233 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9234 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9235 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9236 return; 9237 } 9238 } 9239 9240 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9241 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9242 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9243 AbstractVariableType)) { 9244 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9245 return; 9246 } 9247 9248 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9249 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9250 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9251 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9252 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9253 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9254 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9255 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9256 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9257 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9258 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9259 if (const RecordType *Record 9260 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9261 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9262 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9263 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9264 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9265 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9266 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9267 } 9268 } 9269 9270 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9271 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9272 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9273 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9274 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9275 // type shall have a user-declared default 9276 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9277 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9278 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9279 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9280 // program is ill-formed. 9281 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9282 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9283 // default-initialized; [...]. 9284 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9285 InitializationKind Kind 9286 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9287 9288 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9289 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9290 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9291 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9292 else if (Init.get()) { 9293 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9294 // This is important for template substitution. 9295 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9296 } 9297 9298 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9299 } 9300 } 9301 9302 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9303 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9304 if (!VD) { 9305 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9306 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9307 return; 9308 } 9309 9310 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9311 9312 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9313 int Error = -1; 9314 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9315 case SC_None: 9316 break; 9317 case SC_Extern: 9318 Error = 0; 9319 break; 9320 case SC_Static: 9321 Error = 1; 9322 break; 9323 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9324 Error = 2; 9325 break; 9326 case SC_Auto: 9327 Error = 3; 9328 break; 9329 case SC_Register: 9330 Error = 4; 9331 break; 9332 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9333 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9334 } 9335 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9336 Error = 5; 9337 if (Error != -1) { 9338 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9339 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9340 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9341 } 9342 } 9343 9344 StmtResult 9345 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9346 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9347 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9348 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9349 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9350 // A range-based for statement of the form 9351 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9352 // is equivalent to 9353 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9354 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9355 9356 const char *PrevSpec; 9357 unsigned DiagID; 9358 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9359 getPrintingPolicy()); 9360 9361 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9362 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9363 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9364 9365 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9366 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9367 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9368 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9369 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9370 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9371 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9372 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9373 } 9374 9375 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9376 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9377 9378 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9379 // local retaining variable. 9380 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9381 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9382 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9383 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9384 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9385 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9386 break; 9387 9388 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9389 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9390 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9391 break; 9392 } 9393 } 9394 9395 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9396 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9397 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9398 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9399 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9400 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9401 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9402 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9403 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9404 var->getLocation())) { 9405 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9406 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9407 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9408 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9409 9410 if (!prev) 9411 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9412 } 9413 9414 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9415 const Expr *Culprit; 9416 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9417 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9418 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9419 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9420 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9421 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9422 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9423 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9424 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9425 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9426 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9427 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9428 // initialization. 9429 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9430 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9431 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9432 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9433 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9434 } 9435 9436 } 9437 9438 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9439 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9440 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9441 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9442 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9443 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9444 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9445 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9446 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9447 } else { 9448 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9449 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9450 } 9451 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9452 var->addAttr( 9453 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9454 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9455 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9456 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9457 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9458 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9459 9460 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9461 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9462 // attribute. 9463 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9464 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9465 CurInitSegLoc)); 9466 } 9467 9468 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9469 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9470 9471 QualType type = var->getType(); 9472 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9473 9474 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9475 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9476 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9477 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9478 9479 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9480 // constructing this copy. 9481 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9482 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9483 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9484 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9485 ExprResult result 9486 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9487 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9488 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9489 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9490 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9491 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9492 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9493 } 9494 } 9495 } 9496 9497 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9498 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9499 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9500 9501 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9502 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9503 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9504 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9505 var->getLocation())) { 9506 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9507 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9508 // warned about them. 9509 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9510 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9511 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9512 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9513 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9514 } 9515 9516 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9517 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9518 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9519 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9520 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9521 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9522 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9523 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9524 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9525 Notes.clear(); 9526 } 9527 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9528 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9529 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9530 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9531 } 9532 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9533 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9534 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9535 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9536 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9537 } 9538 } 9539 9540 // Require the destructor. 9541 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9542 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9543 } 9544 9545 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9546 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9547 void 9548 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9549 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9550 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9551 9552 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9553 if (!VD) 9554 return; 9555 9556 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9557 9558 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9559 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9560 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9561 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9562 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9563 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9564 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9565 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9566 } 9567 } 9568 } 9569 9570 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9571 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9572 9573 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9574 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9575 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9576 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9577 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9578 // with a warning. 9579 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9580 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9581 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9582 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9583 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9584 9585 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9586 IsClassTemplateMember 9587 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9588 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9589 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9590 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9591 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9592 } 9593 } 9594 9595 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9596 // isn't exported with the variable. 9597 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9598 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9599 << DLLAttr; 9600 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9601 } 9602 9603 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9604 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9605 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9606 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9607 } 9608 } 9609 9610 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9611 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9612 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9613 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9614 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9615 << VD->getDeclName(); 9616 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9617 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9618 } 9619 } 9620 } 9621 9622 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9623 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9624 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9625 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9626 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9627 9628 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9629 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9630 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9631 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9632 9633 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9634 // tag values. 9635 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9636 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9637 return; 9638 9639 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9640 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9641 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9642 continue; 9643 } 9644 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9645 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9646 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9647 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9648 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9649 continue; 9650 } 9651 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9652 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9653 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9654 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9655 continue; 9656 } 9657 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9658 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9659 MagicValue, 9660 I->getMatchingCType(), 9661 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9662 I->getMustBeNull()); 9663 } 9664 } 9665 9666 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9667 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9668 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9669 9670 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9671 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9672 9673 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9674 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9675 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9676 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9677 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9678 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9679 Decls.push_back(D); 9680 } 9681 9682 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9683 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9684 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9685 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9686 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9687 } 9688 } 9689 9690 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9691 } 9692 9693 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9694 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9695 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9696 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9697 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9698 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9699 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9700 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9701 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9702 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9703 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9704 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9705 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9706 QualType Deduced; 9707 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9708 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9709 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9710 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9711 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9712 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9713 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9714 break; 9715 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9716 if (!U.isNull()) { 9717 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9718 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9719 Deduced = U; 9720 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9721 DeducedDecl = D; 9722 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9723 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9724 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9725 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9726 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9727 << U << D->getDeclName() 9728 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9729 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9730 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9731 break; 9732 } 9733 } 9734 } 9735 } 9736 } 9737 9738 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9739 9740 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9741 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9742 } 9743 9744 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9745 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9746 } 9747 9748 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9749 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9750 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9751 return; 9752 9753 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9754 return; 9755 9756 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9757 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9758 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9759 // additional declaration references: 9760 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9761 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9762 // 'struct S *pS;' 9763 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9764 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9765 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9766 Group = Group.slice(1); 9767 } 9768 } 9769 9770 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9771 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9772 if (!Comments.empty() && 9773 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9774 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9775 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9776 // 9777 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9778 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9779 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9780 // ahead through comments. 9781 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9782 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9783 } 9784 } 9785 9786 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9787 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9788 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9789 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9790 9791 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9792 9793 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9794 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 9795 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9796 SC = SC_Register; 9797 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9798 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9799 SC = SC_Auto; 9800 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9801 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9802 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9803 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9804 } 9805 9806 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9807 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9808 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9809 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9810 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9811 << 0; 9812 9813 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9814 9815 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9816 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9817 9818 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9819 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9820 // parameter. 9821 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9822 9823 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9824 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9825 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9826 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9827 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9828 } 9829 } 9830 9831 // Ensure we have a valid name 9832 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9833 if (D.hasName()) { 9834 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9835 if (!II) { 9836 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9837 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9838 D.setInvalidType(true); 9839 } 9840 } 9841 9842 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9843 if (II) { 9844 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9845 ForRedeclaration); 9846 LookupName(R, S); 9847 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9848 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9849 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9850 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9851 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9852 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9853 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9854 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9855 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9856 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9857 9858 // Recover by removing the name 9859 II = nullptr; 9860 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9861 D.setInvalidType(true); 9862 } 9863 } 9864 } 9865 9866 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9867 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9868 // looking like class members in C++. 9869 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9870 D.getLocStart(), 9871 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9872 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9873 SC); 9874 9875 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9876 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9877 9878 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9879 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9880 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9881 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9882 9883 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9884 S->AddDecl(New); 9885 if (II) 9886 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9887 9888 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9889 9890 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9891 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9892 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9893 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9894 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9895 9896 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9897 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9898 } 9899 return New; 9900 } 9901 9902 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9903 /// typedef. 9904 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9905 SourceLocation Loc, 9906 QualType T) { 9907 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9908 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9909 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9910 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9911 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9912 SC_None, nullptr); 9913 Param->setImplicit(); 9914 return Param; 9915 } 9916 9917 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9918 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9919 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9920 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9921 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9922 return; 9923 9924 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9925 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9926 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9927 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9928 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9929 } 9930 } 9931 } 9932 9933 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9934 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9935 QualType ReturnTy, 9936 NamedDecl *D) { 9937 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9938 return; 9939 9940 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9941 // threshold. 9942 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9943 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9944 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9945 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9946 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9947 } 9948 9949 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9950 // threshold. 9951 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9952 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9953 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9954 continue; 9955 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9956 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9957 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9958 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9959 } 9960 } 9961 9962 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9963 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9964 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9965 StorageClass SC) { 9966 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9967 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9968 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9969 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9970 9971 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9972 9973 // Special cases for arrays: 9974 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9975 // - otherwise, it's an error 9976 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9977 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9978 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9979 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9980 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9981 } 9982 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9983 } else { 9984 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9985 } 9986 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9987 } 9988 9989 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9990 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9991 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 9992 9993 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9994 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9995 // the class has been completely parsed. 9996 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9997 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9998 AbstractParamType)) 9999 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10000 10001 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10002 // passed by reference. 10003 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10004 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10005 Diag(NameLoc, 10006 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10007 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10008 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10009 New->setType(T); 10010 } 10011 10012 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10013 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10014 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10015 // an address space. 10016 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10017 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10018 // to be qualified with an address space. 10019 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10020 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10021 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10022 } 10023 } 10024 10025 return New; 10026 } 10027 10028 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10029 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10030 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10031 10032 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10033 // for a K&R function. 10034 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10035 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10036 --i; 10037 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10038 SmallString<256> Code; 10039 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10040 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10041 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10042 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10043 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 10044 10045 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10046 // type. 10047 AttributeFactory attrs; 10048 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10049 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10050 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10051 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10052 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10053 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10054 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10055 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10056 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10057 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10058 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10059 } 10060 } 10061 } 10062 } 10063 10064 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10065 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10066 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10067 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10068 10069 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10070 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10071 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10072 } 10073 10074 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10075 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10076 } 10077 10078 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10079 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10080 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10081 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10082 return false; 10083 10084 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10085 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10086 return false; 10087 10088 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10089 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10090 return false; 10091 10092 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10093 if (FD->isMain()) 10094 return false; 10095 10096 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10097 if (FD->isInlined()) 10098 return false; 10099 10100 // Don't warn about function templates. 10101 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10102 return false; 10103 10104 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10105 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10106 return false; 10107 10108 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10109 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10110 return false; 10111 10112 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10113 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10114 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10115 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10116 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10117 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10118 continue; 10119 10120 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10121 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10122 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10123 break; 10124 } 10125 10126 return MissingPrototype; 10127 } 10128 10129 void 10130 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10131 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10132 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10133 // was an extern inline function. 10134 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10135 if (!Definition) 10136 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10137 return; 10138 10139 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10140 return; 10141 10142 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10143 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10144 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10145 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10146 else 10147 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10148 10149 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10150 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10151 } 10152 10153 10154 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10155 Sema &S) { 10156 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10157 10158 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10159 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10160 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10161 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10162 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10163 10164 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10165 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10166 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10167 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10168 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10169 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10170 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10171 10172 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10173 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10174 10175 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10176 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10177 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10178 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10179 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10180 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10181 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10182 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10183 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10184 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10185 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10186 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10187 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10188 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10189 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10190 10191 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10192 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10193 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10194 } else { 10195 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10196 } 10197 ++I; 10198 } 10199 } 10200 10201 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10202 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10203 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10204 10205 if (!D) 10206 return D; 10207 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10208 10209 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10210 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10211 else 10212 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10213 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10214 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10215 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10216 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10217 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10218 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10219 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10220 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10221 // have the LSI properly restored. 10222 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10223 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10224 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10225 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10226 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10227 } 10228 else 10229 // Enter a new function scope 10230 PushFunctionScope(); 10231 10232 // See if this is a redefinition. 10233 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10234 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10235 10236 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10237 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10238 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10239 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10240 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10241 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10242 } 10243 } 10244 10245 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10246 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10247 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10248 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10249 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10250 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10251 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10252 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10253 10254 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10255 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10256 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10257 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10258 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10259 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10260 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10261 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10262 10263 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10264 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10265 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10266 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10267 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10268 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10269 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10270 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10271 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10272 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10273 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10274 } 10275 } 10276 } 10277 10278 if (FnBodyScope) 10279 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10280 10281 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10282 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10283 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10284 10285 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10286 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10287 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10288 10289 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10290 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10291 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10292 10293 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10294 } 10295 } 10296 10297 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10298 // introduce them into the function scope. 10299 if (FnBodyScope) { 10300 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10301 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10302 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10303 I != E; ++I) { 10304 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10305 10306 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10307 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10308 // and reattach to the current context. 10309 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10310 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10311 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10312 if (DI == D) { 10313 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10314 break; 10315 } 10316 } 10317 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10318 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10319 } 10320 10321 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10322 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10323 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10324 10325 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10326 // accessible in this scope. 10327 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10328 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10329 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10330 } 10331 } 10332 } 10333 10334 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10335 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10336 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10337 10338 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10339 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10340 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10341 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10342 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10343 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10344 return D; 10345 } 10346 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10347 // a function template). 10348 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10349 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10350 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10351 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10352 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10353 10354 return D; 10355 } 10356 10357 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10358 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10359 /// optimization. 10360 /// 10361 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10362 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10363 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10364 /// use the named return value optimization. 10365 /// 10366 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10367 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10368 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10369 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10370 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10371 10372 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10373 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10374 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10375 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10376 } 10377 } 10378 } 10379 10380 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10381 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10382 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10383 return false; 10384 10385 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10386 // return type (yet). 10387 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10388 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10389 // we can still delay parsing it. 10390 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10391 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10392 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10393 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10394 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10395 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10396 } 10397 } 10398 return false; 10399 } 10400 10401 return true; 10402 } 10403 10404 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10405 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10406 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10407 // rest of the file. 10408 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10409 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10410 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10411 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10412 return false; 10413 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10414 } 10415 10416 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10417 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10418 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10419 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10420 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10421 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10422 } 10423 10424 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10425 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10426 } 10427 10428 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10429 bool IsInstantiation) { 10430 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10431 10432 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10433 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10434 10435 if (FD) { 10436 FD->setBody(Body); 10437 10438 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10439 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10440 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10441 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10442 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10443 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10444 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10445 << FD->getReturnType(); 10446 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10447 } else { 10448 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10449 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10450 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10451 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10452 } 10453 } 10454 10455 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10456 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10457 // is the first declaration. 10458 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10459 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10460 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10461 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10462 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10463 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10464 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10465 } 10466 10467 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10468 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10469 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10470 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10471 10472 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10473 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10474 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10475 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10476 10477 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10478 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10479 if (Body) 10480 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10481 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10482 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10483 10484 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10485 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10486 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10487 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10488 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10489 10490 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10491 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10492 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10493 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10494 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10495 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10496 } 10497 10498 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10499 "Function parsing confused"); 10500 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10501 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10502 MD->setBody(Body); 10503 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10504 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10505 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10506 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10507 10508 if (Body) 10509 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10510 } 10511 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10512 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10513 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10514 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10515 } 10516 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10517 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10518 bool isDesignated = 10519 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10520 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10521 (void)isDesignated; 10522 10523 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10524 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10525 if (!IFace) 10526 return false; 10527 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10528 if (!SuperD) 10529 return false; 10530 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10531 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10532 }; 10533 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10534 // of NSObject. 10535 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10536 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10537 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10538 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10539 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10540 } 10541 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10542 } 10543 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10544 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10545 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10546 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10547 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10548 } 10549 } else { 10550 return nullptr; 10551 } 10552 10553 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10554 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10555 "handled in the block above."); 10556 10557 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10558 if (Body) { 10559 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10560 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10561 // Verify this. 10562 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10563 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10564 10565 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10566 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10567 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10568 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10569 10570 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10571 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10572 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10573 10574 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10575 Destructor->getParent()); 10576 } 10577 10578 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10579 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10580 // deletion in some later function. 10581 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10582 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10583 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10584 } 10585 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10586 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10587 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10588 // enabled. 10589 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10590 } 10591 10592 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10593 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10594 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10595 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10596 10597 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10598 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10599 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10600 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10601 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10602 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10603 break; 10604 } 10605 } 10606 } 10607 10608 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects 10609 && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10610 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10611 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10612 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10613 } 10614 10615 if (!IsInstantiation) 10616 PopDeclContext(); 10617 10618 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10619 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10620 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10621 // deletion in some later function. 10622 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10623 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10624 } 10625 10626 return dcl; 10627 } 10628 10629 10630 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10631 /// relevant Decl. 10632 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10633 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10634 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10635 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10636 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10637 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10638 10639 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10640 if (Method->isStatic()) 10641 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10642 } 10643 10644 10645 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10646 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10647 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10648 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10649 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10650 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10651 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10652 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10653 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10654 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10655 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10656 return ExternCPrev; 10657 } 10658 10659 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10660 unsigned diag_id; 10661 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10662 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10663 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10664 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10665 else 10666 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10667 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10668 10669 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10670 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10671 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10672 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10673 if (S && 10674 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 10675 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 10676 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 10677 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10678 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10679 } 10680 10681 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10682 const char *Dummy; 10683 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10684 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10685 unsigned DiagID; 10686 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10687 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10688 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10689 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10690 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10691 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10692 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10693 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10694 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10695 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10696 /*NumParams=*/0, 10697 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10698 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10699 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10700 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10701 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10702 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10703 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10704 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10705 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10706 EST_None, 10707 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10708 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10709 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10710 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10711 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10712 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 10713 Loc, Loc, D), 10714 DS.getAttributes(), 10715 SourceLocation()); 10716 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10717 10718 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10719 10720 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10721 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10722 10723 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10724 FD->setImplicit(); 10725 10726 CurContext = PrevDC; 10727 10728 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10729 10730 return FD; 10731 } 10732 10733 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10734 /// the declaration of this function. 10735 /// 10736 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10737 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10738 /// like NSLog or printf. 10739 /// 10740 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10741 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10742 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10743 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10744 return; 10745 10746 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10747 // actual attributes. 10748 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10749 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10750 unsigned FormatIdx; 10751 bool HasVAListArg; 10752 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10753 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10754 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10755 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10756 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10757 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10758 fmt = "NSString"; 10759 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10760 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10761 FormatIdx+1, 10762 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10763 FD->getLocation())); 10764 } 10765 } 10766 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10767 HasVAListArg)) { 10768 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10769 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10770 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10771 FormatIdx+1, 10772 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10773 FD->getLocation())); 10774 } 10775 10776 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10777 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10778 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10779 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10780 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10781 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10782 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10783 } 10784 10785 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10786 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10787 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10788 FD->getLocation())); 10789 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10790 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10791 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10792 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10793 } 10794 10795 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10796 if (!Name) 10797 return; 10798 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10799 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10800 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10801 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10802 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10803 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10804 // about. 10805 } else 10806 return; 10807 10808 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10809 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10810 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10811 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10812 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10813 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10814 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10815 FD->getLocation())); 10816 } 10817 10818 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10819 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10820 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10821 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10822 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10823 FD->getLocation())); 10824 } 10825 } 10826 10827 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10828 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10829 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10830 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10831 10832 if (!TInfo) { 10833 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10834 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10835 } 10836 10837 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10838 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10839 D.getLocStart(), 10840 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10841 D.getIdentifier(), 10842 TInfo); 10843 10844 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10845 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10846 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10847 return NewTD; 10848 } 10849 10850 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10851 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10852 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10853 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10854 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10855 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10856 else 10857 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10858 } 10859 10860 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10861 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10862 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10863 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10864 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10865 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10866 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10867 case TST_enum: 10868 case TST_struct: 10869 case TST_interface: 10870 case TST_union: 10871 case TST_class: { 10872 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10873 10874 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10875 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10876 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10877 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10878 10879 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10880 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10881 10882 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10883 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10884 break; 10885 10886 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10887 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10888 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10889 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10890 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10891 // for how to handle it. 10892 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10893 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10894 10895 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10896 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10897 10898 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10899 textToInsert += ' '; 10900 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10901 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10902 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10903 break; 10904 } 10905 10906 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10907 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10908 break; 10909 } 10910 10911 default: 10912 break; 10913 } 10914 10915 return NewTD; 10916 } 10917 10918 10919 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10920 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10921 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10922 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10923 10924 if (T->isDependentType()) 10925 return false; 10926 10927 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10928 if (BT->isInteger()) 10929 return false; 10930 10931 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10932 return true; 10933 } 10934 10935 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10936 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10937 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10938 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10939 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10940 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10941 10942 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10943 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10944 << Prev->isScoped(); 10945 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10946 return true; 10947 } 10948 10949 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10950 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10951 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10952 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10953 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10954 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10955 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10956 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10957 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10958 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10959 return true; 10960 } 10961 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10962 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10963 << Prev->isFixed(); 10964 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10965 return true; 10966 } 10967 10968 return false; 10969 } 10970 10971 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10972 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10973 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10974 /// 10975 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10976 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10977 switch (Tag) { 10978 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10979 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10980 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10981 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10982 } 10983 } 10984 10985 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10986 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10987 /// 10988 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10989 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10990 { 10991 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10992 } 10993 10994 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10995 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10996 /// 10997 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10998 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10999 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11000 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11001 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 11002 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11003 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11004 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11005 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11006 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11007 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11008 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11009 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11010 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11011 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11012 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11013 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11014 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11015 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11016 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11017 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11018 return true; 11019 11020 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11021 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11022 bool isTemplate = false; 11023 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11024 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11025 11026 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11027 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11028 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11029 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11030 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11031 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11032 return true; 11033 } 11034 11035 if (isDefinition) { 11036 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11037 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11038 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11039 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11040 return true; 11041 } 11042 11043 bool previousMismatch = false; 11044 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11045 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11046 if (!previousMismatch) { 11047 previousMismatch = true; 11048 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11049 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11050 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11051 } 11052 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11053 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11054 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11055 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11056 } 11057 } 11058 return true; 11059 } 11060 11061 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11062 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11063 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11064 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11065 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11066 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11067 return true; 11068 } 11069 11070 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11071 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11072 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11073 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11074 11075 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11076 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11077 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11078 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11079 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11080 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11081 } 11082 11083 return true; 11084 } 11085 return false; 11086 } 11087 11088 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11089 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11090 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11091 /// namespace N { 11092 /// struct X; 11093 /// namespace M { 11094 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11095 /// } 11096 /// } 11097 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11098 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11099 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11100 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11101 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11102 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11103 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11104 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11105 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11106 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11107 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11108 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11109 return FixItHint(); 11110 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11111 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11112 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11113 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11114 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11115 break; 11116 } 11117 11118 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11119 // build an NNS. 11120 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11121 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11122 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11123 OS << "::"; 11124 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11125 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11126 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11127 OS.flush(); 11128 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11129 } 11130 11131 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11132 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11133 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11134 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11135 /// 11136 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 11137 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11138 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11139 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11140 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11141 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11142 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11143 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11144 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11145 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11146 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11147 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11148 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 11149 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11150 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11151 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11152 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11153 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11154 11155 OwnedDecl = false; 11156 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11157 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11158 11159 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11160 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11161 bool Invalid = false; 11162 11163 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11164 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11165 // for non-C++ cases. 11166 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11167 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11168 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11169 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11170 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11171 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11172 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11173 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11174 return nullptr; 11175 } 11176 11177 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11178 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11179 // be a member of another template). 11180 11181 if (Invalid) 11182 return nullptr; 11183 11184 OwnedDecl = false; 11185 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11186 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11187 TemplateParams, AS, 11188 ModulePrivateLoc, 11189 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11190 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11191 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11192 return Result.get(); 11193 } else { 11194 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11195 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11196 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11197 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11198 } 11199 } 11200 } 11201 11202 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11203 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11204 // redeclaration. 11205 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11206 11207 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11208 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11209 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11210 // type, default to int. 11211 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11212 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11213 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11214 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11215 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11216 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11217 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11218 11219 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11220 // Recover by falling back to int. 11221 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11222 11223 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11224 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11225 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11226 11227 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11228 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11229 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11230 } 11231 11232 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11233 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11234 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11235 11236 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11237 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11238 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11239 11240 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11241 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11242 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11243 11244 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11245 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11246 Name = nullptr; 11247 goto CreateNewDecl; 11248 } 11249 11250 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11251 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11252 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11253 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11254 if (!DC) { 11255 IsDependent = true; 11256 return nullptr; 11257 } 11258 } else { 11259 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11260 if (!DC) { 11261 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11262 << SS.getRange(); 11263 return nullptr; 11264 } 11265 } 11266 11267 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11268 return nullptr; 11269 11270 SearchDC = DC; 11271 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11272 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11273 11274 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11275 return nullptr; 11276 11277 if (Previous.empty()) { 11278 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11279 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11280 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11281 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11282 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11283 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11284 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11285 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11286 IsDependent = true; 11287 return nullptr; 11288 } 11289 11290 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11291 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11292 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11293 Name = nullptr; 11294 Invalid = true; 11295 goto CreateNewDecl; 11296 } 11297 } else if (Name) { 11298 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11299 // declaration or definition. 11300 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11301 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11302 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11303 LookupName(Previous, S); 11304 11305 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11306 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11307 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11308 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11309 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11310 while (F.hasNext()) { 11311 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11312 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11313 F.erase(); 11314 } 11315 F.done(); 11316 } 11317 11318 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11319 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11320 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11321 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11322 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11323 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11324 // 11325 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11326 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11327 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11328 // 11329 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11330 // semantic context? 11331 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11332 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11333 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11334 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11335 while (F.hasNext()) { 11336 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11337 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11338 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11339 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11340 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11341 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11342 else 11343 F.erase(); 11344 } 11345 } 11346 F.done(); 11347 11348 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11349 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11350 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11351 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11352 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11353 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11354 } 11355 } 11356 11357 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11358 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11359 return nullptr; 11360 11361 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11362 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11363 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11364 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11365 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11366 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11367 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11368 } 11369 } 11370 11371 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11372 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11373 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11374 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11375 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11376 Previous.clear(); 11377 } 11378 11379 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11380 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11381 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11382 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11383 11384 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11385 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11386 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11387 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11388 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11389 } 11390 } 11391 11392 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11393 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11394 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11395 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11396 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11397 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11398 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11399 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11400 11401 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11402 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11403 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11404 // 11405 // class-key identifier 11406 // 11407 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11408 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11409 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11410 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11411 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11412 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11413 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11414 // declaration. 11415 // 11416 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11417 // C structs and unions. 11418 // 11419 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11420 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11421 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11422 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11423 // 11424 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11425 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11426 // 11427 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11428 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11429 // lexical context, 11430 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11431 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11432 11433 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11434 while (S->isClassScope() || 11435 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11436 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11437 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11438 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11439 S = S->getParent(); 11440 } else { 11441 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11442 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11443 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11444 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11445 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11446 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11447 } 11448 11449 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11450 // diagnose some problems. 11451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11452 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11453 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11454 } 11455 } 11456 11457 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11458 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11459 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11460 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11461 11462 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11463 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11464 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11465 // in C++. 11466 // 11467 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11468 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11469 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11470 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11471 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11472 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11473 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11474 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11475 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11476 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11477 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11478 PrevDecl = Tag; 11479 Previous.clear(); 11480 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11481 Previous.resolveKind(); 11482 } 11483 } 11484 } 11485 } 11486 11487 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11488 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11489 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11490 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11491 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11492 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11493 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11494 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11495 // struct or something similar. 11496 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11497 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11498 *Name)) { 11499 bool SafeToContinue 11500 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11501 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11502 if (SafeToContinue) 11503 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11504 << Name 11505 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11506 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11507 else 11508 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11509 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11510 11511 if (SafeToContinue) 11512 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11513 else { 11514 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11515 Name = nullptr; 11516 Previous.clear(); 11517 Invalid = true; 11518 } 11519 } 11520 11521 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11522 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11523 11524 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11525 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11526 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11527 if (ScopedEnum) 11528 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11529 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11530 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11531 return PrevTagDecl; 11532 } 11533 11534 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11535 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11536 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11537 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11538 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11539 11540 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11541 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11542 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11543 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11544 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11545 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11546 } 11547 11548 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11549 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11550 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11551 // and then later defined. 11552 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11553 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11554 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11555 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11556 } 11557 11558 if (!Invalid) { 11559 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11560 // we have attributes. 11561 11562 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11563 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11564 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11565 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11566 if (!Attr && 11567 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11568 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11569 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11570 return PrevTagDecl; 11571 11572 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11573 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11574 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11575 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11576 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11577 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11578 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11579 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11580 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11581 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11582 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11583 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11584 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11585 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11586 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11587 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11588 } 11589 11590 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11591 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11592 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11593 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11594 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11595 else 11596 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11597 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11598 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11599 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11600 // references get the previous definition. 11601 Name = nullptr; 11602 Previous.clear(); 11603 Invalid = true; 11604 } 11605 } else { 11606 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11607 // about a nested redefinition. 11608 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 11609 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 11610 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11611 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11612 diag::note_previous_definition); 11613 Name = nullptr; 11614 Previous.clear(); 11615 Invalid = true; 11616 } 11617 } 11618 11619 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11620 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11621 } 11622 11623 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11624 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11625 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11626 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11627 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11628 AS = AS_none; 11629 } 11630 } 11631 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11632 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11633 11634 } else { 11635 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11636 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11637 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11638 // have distinct types. 11639 Previous.clear(); 11640 } 11641 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11642 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11643 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11644 11645 11646 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11647 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11648 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11649 } else { 11650 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11651 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11652 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11653 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11654 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11655 unsigned Kind = 0; 11656 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11657 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11658 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11659 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11660 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11661 Invalid = true; 11662 11663 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11664 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11665 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11666 // do nothing 11667 11668 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11669 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11670 unsigned Kind = 0; 11671 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11672 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11673 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11674 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11675 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11676 Invalid = true; 11677 11678 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11679 // case here. 11680 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11681 unsigned Kind = 0; 11682 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11683 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11684 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11685 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11686 Invalid = true; 11687 11688 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11689 } else { 11690 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11691 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11692 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11693 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11694 Name = nullptr; 11695 Invalid = true; 11696 } 11697 11698 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11699 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11700 Previous.clear(); 11701 } 11702 } 11703 11704 CreateNewDecl: 11705 11706 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11707 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11708 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11709 11710 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11711 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11712 // keyword. 11713 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11714 11715 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11716 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11717 // PrevDecl. 11718 TagDecl *New; 11719 11720 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11721 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11722 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11723 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11724 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11725 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11726 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11727 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11728 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11729 TagDecl *Def; 11730 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11731 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11732 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11733 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11734 } 11735 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11736 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11737 << New; 11738 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11739 } else { 11740 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11741 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11742 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11743 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11744 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11745 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11746 11747 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11748 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11749 // the declaration context. 11750 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11751 IsForwardReference = true; 11752 } 11753 } 11754 11755 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11756 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11757 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11758 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11759 else 11760 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11761 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11762 } 11763 11764 } else { 11765 // struct/union/class 11766 11767 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11768 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11769 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11770 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11771 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11772 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11773 11774 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11775 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11776 } else 11777 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11778 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11779 } 11780 11781 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11782 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11783 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11784 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11785 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11786 Invalid = true; 11787 } 11788 11789 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11790 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11791 if (SS.isSet()) { 11792 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11793 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11794 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11795 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11796 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11797 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11798 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11799 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 11800 Invalid = true; 11801 11802 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11803 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11804 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11805 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11806 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11807 } 11808 } 11809 else 11810 Invalid = true; 11811 } 11812 11813 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11814 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11815 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11816 // 11817 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11818 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11819 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11820 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11821 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11822 // parsing of the struct). 11823 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11824 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11825 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11826 } 11827 } 11828 11829 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11830 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11832 << 2 11833 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11834 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11835 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11836 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11837 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11838 New->setModulePrivate(); 11839 } 11840 11841 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11842 // check the specialization. 11843 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11844 Invalid = true; 11845 11846 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11847 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11848 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11849 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11850 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11851 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11852 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11853 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11854 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11855 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11856 << Name; 11857 Invalid = true; 11858 } 11859 } else { 11860 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11861 } 11862 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11863 } 11864 11865 if (Invalid) 11866 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11867 11868 if (Attr) 11869 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11870 11871 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11872 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11873 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11874 11875 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11876 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11877 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11878 // the tag name visible. 11879 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11880 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11881 11882 // Set the access specifier. 11883 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11884 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11885 11886 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11887 New->startDefinition(); 11888 11889 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11890 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11891 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11892 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11893 if (PrevDecl) 11894 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11895 11896 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11897 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11898 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11899 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11900 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11901 } else if (Name) { 11902 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11903 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11904 if (IsForwardReference) 11905 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11906 11907 } else { 11908 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11909 } 11910 11911 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11912 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11913 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11914 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11915 II->isStr("FILE")) 11916 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11917 11918 if (PrevDecl) 11919 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11920 11921 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11922 // record. 11923 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11924 11925 OwnedDecl = true; 11926 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11927 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11928 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11929 } 11930 11931 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11932 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11933 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11934 11935 // Enter the tag context. 11936 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11937 11938 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11939 11940 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11941 // record. 11942 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11943 } 11944 11945 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11946 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11947 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11948 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11949 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11950 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11951 CurContext = OCD; 11952 return IDecl; 11953 } 11954 11955 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11956 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11957 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11958 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11959 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11960 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11961 11962 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11963 11964 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11965 return; 11966 11967 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11968 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11969 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11970 11971 // C++ [class]p2: 11972 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11973 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11974 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11975 // as if it were a public member name. 11976 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11977 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11978 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11979 Record->getIdentifier(), 11980 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11981 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11982 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11983 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11984 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11985 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11986 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11987 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11988 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11989 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11990 } 11991 11992 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11993 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11994 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11995 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11996 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11997 11998 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11999 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12000 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12001 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12002 RD->completeDefinition(); 12003 } 12004 12005 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12006 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12007 12008 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12009 PopDeclContext(); 12010 12011 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12012 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12013 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12014 12015 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12016 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12017 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12018 } 12019 12020 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12021 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12022 PopDeclContext(); 12023 } 12024 12025 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12026 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12027 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12028 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12029 } 12030 12031 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12032 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12033 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12034 } 12035 12036 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12037 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12038 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12039 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12040 12041 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12042 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12043 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12044 RD->completeDefinition(); 12045 } 12046 12047 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12048 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12049 // the FieldCollector. 12050 12051 PopDeclContext(); 12052 } 12053 12054 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12055 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12056 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12057 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12058 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12059 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12060 if (ZeroWidth) 12061 *ZeroWidth = true; 12062 12063 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12064 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12065 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12066 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12067 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12068 return ExprError(); 12069 if (FieldName) 12070 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12071 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12072 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12073 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12074 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12075 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12076 return ExprError(); 12077 12078 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12079 // it now. 12080 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12081 return BitWidth; 12082 12083 llvm::APSInt Value; 12084 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12085 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12086 return ICE; 12087 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12088 12089 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12090 *ZeroWidth = false; 12091 12092 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12093 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12094 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12095 12096 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12097 if (FieldName) 12098 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12099 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12100 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12101 << Value.toString(10); 12102 } 12103 12104 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12105 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12106 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12107 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12108 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12109 if (FieldName) 12110 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12111 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12112 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12113 12114 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12115 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12116 } 12117 12118 if (FieldName) 12119 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12120 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12121 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12122 else 12123 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12124 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12125 } 12126 } 12127 12128 return BitWidth; 12129 } 12130 12131 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12132 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12133 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12134 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12135 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12136 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12137 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12138 return Res; 12139 } 12140 12141 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12142 /// 12143 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12144 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12145 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12146 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12147 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12148 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12149 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12150 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12151 12152 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12153 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12154 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12155 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12156 12157 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12158 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12159 D.setInvalidType(); 12160 T = Context.IntTy; 12161 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12162 } 12163 } 12164 12165 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12166 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12167 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12168 D.setInvalidType(); 12169 } 12170 12171 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12172 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12173 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12174 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12175 D.setInvalidType(); 12176 } 12177 12178 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12179 12180 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12181 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12182 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12183 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12184 12185 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12186 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12187 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12188 LookupName(Previous, S); 12189 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12190 case LookupResult::Found: 12191 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12192 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12193 break; 12194 12195 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12196 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12197 break; 12198 12199 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12200 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12201 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12202 break; 12203 } 12204 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12205 12206 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12207 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12208 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12209 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12210 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12211 } 12212 12213 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12214 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12215 12216 bool Mutable 12217 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12218 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12219 FieldDecl *NewFD 12220 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12221 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12222 12223 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12224 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12225 12226 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12227 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12228 12229 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12230 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12231 // with the same name in the same scope. 12232 } else if (II) { 12233 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12234 } else 12235 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12236 12237 return NewFD; 12238 } 12239 12240 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12241 /// 12242 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12243 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12244 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12245 /// created. 12246 /// 12247 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12248 /// 12249 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12250 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12251 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12252 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12253 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12254 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12255 SourceLocation TSSL, 12256 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12257 Declarator *D) { 12258 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12259 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12260 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12261 12262 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12263 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12264 if (T.isNull()) { 12265 InvalidDecl = true; 12266 T = Context.IntTy; 12267 } 12268 12269 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12270 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12271 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12272 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12273 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12274 InvalidDecl = true; 12275 } else { 12276 NamedDecl *Def; 12277 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12278 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12279 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12280 InvalidDecl = true; 12281 } 12282 } 12283 } 12284 12285 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12286 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12287 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12288 InvalidDecl = true; 12289 } 12290 12291 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12292 // than a variably modified type. 12293 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12294 bool SizeIsNegative; 12295 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12296 12297 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12298 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12299 SizeIsNegative, 12300 Oversized); 12301 if (FixedTInfo) { 12302 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12303 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12304 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12305 } else { 12306 if (SizeIsNegative) 12307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12308 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12309 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12310 << Oversized.toString(10); 12311 else 12312 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12313 InvalidDecl = true; 12314 } 12315 } 12316 12317 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12318 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12319 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12320 AbstractFieldType)) 12321 InvalidDecl = true; 12322 12323 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12324 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12325 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12326 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12327 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12328 if (!BitWidth) { 12329 InvalidDecl = true; 12330 BitWidth = nullptr; 12331 ZeroWidth = false; 12332 } 12333 } 12334 12335 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12336 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12337 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12338 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12339 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 12340 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12341 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12342 12343 if (DiagID) { 12344 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12345 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12346 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12347 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12348 Mutable = false; 12349 InvalidDecl = true; 12350 } 12351 } 12352 12353 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12354 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12355 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12356 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12357 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12358 12359 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12360 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12361 if (InvalidDecl) 12362 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12363 12364 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12365 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12366 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12367 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12368 } 12369 12370 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12371 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12372 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12373 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12374 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12375 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12376 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12377 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12378 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12379 // objects. 12380 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12381 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12382 } 12383 } 12384 12385 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12386 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12387 // enabled. 12388 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12389 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12390 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12391 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12392 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12393 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12394 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12395 } 12396 } 12397 } 12398 12399 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12400 // representation, not a parser representation. 12401 if (D) { 12402 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12403 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12404 12405 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12406 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12407 } 12408 12409 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12410 // retainable type. 12411 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12412 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12413 12414 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12415 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12416 12417 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12418 return NewFD; 12419 } 12420 12421 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12422 assert(FD); 12423 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12424 12425 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12426 return false; 12427 12428 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12429 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12430 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12431 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12432 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12433 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12434 // copy constructors. 12435 12436 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12437 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12438 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12439 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12440 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12441 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12442 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12443 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12444 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12445 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12446 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12447 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12448 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12449 member = CXXDestructor; 12450 12451 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12452 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12453 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12454 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12455 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12456 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12457 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12458 // members unavailable. 12459 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12460 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12461 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12462 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12463 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12464 Loc)); 12465 return false; 12466 } 12467 } 12468 12469 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12470 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12471 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12472 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12473 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12474 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12475 } 12476 } 12477 } 12478 12479 return false; 12480 } 12481 12482 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12483 /// AST enum value. 12484 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12485 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12486 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12487 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12488 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12489 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12490 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12491 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12492 } 12493 } 12494 12495 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12496 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12497 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12498 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12499 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12500 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12501 12502 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12503 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12504 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12505 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12506 12507 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12508 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12509 12510 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12511 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12512 12513 if (BitWidth) { 12514 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12515 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12516 if (!BitWidth) 12517 D.setInvalidType(); 12518 } else { 12519 // Not a bitfield. 12520 12521 // validate II. 12522 12523 } 12524 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12525 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12526 D.setInvalidType(); 12527 } 12528 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12529 // than a variably modified type. 12530 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12531 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12532 D.setInvalidType(); 12533 } 12534 12535 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12536 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12537 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12538 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12539 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12540 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12541 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12542 return nullptr; 12543 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12544 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12545 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12546 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12547 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12548 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12549 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12550 } 12551 else 12552 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12553 } else { 12554 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12555 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12556 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12557 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12558 return nullptr; 12559 } 12560 } 12561 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12562 } 12563 12564 // Construct the decl. 12565 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12566 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12567 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12568 12569 if (II) { 12570 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12571 ForRedeclaration); 12572 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12573 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12574 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12575 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12576 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12577 } 12578 } 12579 12580 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12581 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12582 12583 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12584 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12585 12586 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12587 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12588 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12589 12590 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12591 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12592 12593 if (II) { 12594 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12595 // these to the interface. 12596 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12597 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12598 } 12599 12600 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12601 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12602 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12603 12604 return NewID; 12605 } 12606 12607 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12608 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12609 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12610 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12611 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12612 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12613 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12614 return; 12615 12616 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12617 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12618 12619 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12620 return; 12621 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12622 if (!ID) { 12623 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12624 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12625 return; 12626 } 12627 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12628 else 12629 return; 12630 } 12631 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12632 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12633 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12634 12635 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12636 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12637 Context.CharTy, 12638 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12639 DeclLoc), 12640 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12641 true); 12642 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12643 } 12644 12645 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12646 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12647 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12648 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12649 12650 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12651 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12652 // it will now change. 12653 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12654 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12655 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12656 default: break; 12657 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12658 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12659 break; 12660 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12661 Context. 12662 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12663 break; 12664 } 12665 } 12666 12667 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12668 12669 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12670 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12671 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12672 if (Record) { 12673 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12674 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12675 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12676 ++NumNamedMembers; 12677 } 12678 } 12679 12680 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12681 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12682 12683 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12684 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12685 i != end; ++i) { 12686 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12687 12688 // Get the type for the field. 12689 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12690 12691 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12692 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12693 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12694 } 12695 12696 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12697 // diagnostics about it. 12698 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12699 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12700 continue; 12701 } 12702 12703 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12704 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12705 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12706 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12707 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12708 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12709 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12710 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12711 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12712 // array. 12713 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12714 // Field declared as a function. 12715 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12716 << FD->getDeclName(); 12717 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12718 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12719 continue; 12720 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12721 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12722 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12723 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12724 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12725 // Flexible array member. 12726 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12727 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12728 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12729 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12730 if (Record->isUnion()) 12731 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12732 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12733 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12734 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12735 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12736 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12737 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12738 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12739 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12740 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12741 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12742 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12743 : 0; 12744 12745 if (DiagID) 12746 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12747 << Record->getTagKind(); 12748 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12749 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12750 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12751 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12752 // of the type. 12753 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12754 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12755 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12756 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12757 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12758 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12759 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12760 12761 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12762 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12763 // 12764 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12765 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12766 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12767 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12768 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12769 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12770 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12771 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12772 continue; 12773 } 12774 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12775 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12776 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12777 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12778 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12779 // Incomplete type 12780 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12781 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12782 continue; 12783 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12784 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12785 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12786 // flexible array member. 12787 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12788 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12789 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12790 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12791 // structures. 12792 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12793 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12794 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12795 else { 12796 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12797 // other structs as an extension. 12798 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12799 << FD->getDeclName(); 12800 } 12801 } 12802 } 12803 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12804 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12805 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12806 AbstractIvarType)) { 12807 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12808 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12809 } 12810 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12811 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12812 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12813 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12814 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12815 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12816 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12817 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12818 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12819 FD->setType(T); 12820 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12821 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12822 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12823 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12824 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12825 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12826 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12827 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12828 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12829 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12830 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12831 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12832 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12833 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12834 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12835 loc)); 12836 } 12837 } else { 12838 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12839 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12840 } 12841 ARCErrReported = true; 12842 } 12843 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12844 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12845 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12846 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12847 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12848 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12849 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12850 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12851 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12852 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12853 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12854 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12855 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12856 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12857 } 12858 } 12859 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12860 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12861 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12862 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12863 ++NumNamedMembers; 12864 } 12865 12866 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12867 if (Record) { 12868 bool Completed = false; 12869 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12870 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12871 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12872 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12873 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12874 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12875 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12876 12877 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12878 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12879 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12881 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12882 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12883 } 12884 12885 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12886 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12887 12888 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12889 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12890 // problem now. 12891 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12892 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12893 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12894 12895 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12896 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12897 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12898 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12899 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12900 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12901 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12902 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12903 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12904 continue; 12905 12906 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12907 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12908 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12909 // program is ill-formed. 12910 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12911 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12912 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12913 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12914 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12915 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12916 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12917 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12918 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12919 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12920 12921 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12922 } 12923 } 12924 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12925 Completed = true; 12926 } 12927 } 12928 } 12929 } 12930 12931 if (!Completed) 12932 Record->completeDefinition(); 12933 12934 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12935 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12936 12937 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12938 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12939 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12940 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12941 } 12942 12943 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12944 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12945 // compatibility problems. 12946 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12947 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12948 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12949 } else { 12950 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12951 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12952 CheckForZeroSize = 12953 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12954 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12955 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12956 } 12957 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12958 bool ZeroSize = true; 12959 bool IsEmpty = true; 12960 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12961 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12962 E = Record->field_end(); 12963 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12964 IsEmpty = false; 12965 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12966 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12967 ZeroSize = false; 12968 } else { 12969 ++NonBitFields; 12970 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12971 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12972 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12973 ZeroSize = false; 12974 } 12975 } 12976 12977 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12978 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12979 // extern "C" block. 12980 if (ZeroSize) { 12981 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12982 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12983 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12984 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12985 } 12986 12987 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12988 // but are accepted by GCC. 12989 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12990 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12991 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12992 << Record->isUnion(); 12993 } 12994 } 12995 } else { 12996 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12997 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12998 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12999 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13000 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13001 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13002 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13003 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13004 } 13005 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13006 // duplicates. 13007 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13008 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13009 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13010 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13011 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13012 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13013 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13014 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13015 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13016 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13017 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13018 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13019 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13020 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13021 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13022 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13023 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13024 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13025 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13026 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13027 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13028 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13029 if (IDecl) { 13030 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13031 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13032 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13033 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13034 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13035 continue; 13036 } 13037 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13038 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13039 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13040 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13041 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13042 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13043 continue; 13044 } 13045 } 13046 } 13047 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13048 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13049 } 13050 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13051 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13052 } 13053 } 13054 13055 if (Attr) 13056 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13057 } 13058 13059 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13060 /// the given type T. 13061 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13062 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13063 QualType T) { 13064 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13065 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13066 13067 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13068 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13069 --BitWidth; 13070 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13071 } 13072 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13073 } 13074 13075 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13076 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13077 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13078 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13079 // enum checking below. 13080 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13081 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13082 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13083 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13084 }; 13085 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13086 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13087 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13088 }; 13089 13090 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13091 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13092 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13093 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13094 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13095 return Types[I]; 13096 13097 return QualType(); 13098 } 13099 13100 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13101 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13102 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13103 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13104 Expr *Val) { 13105 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13106 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13107 QualType EltTy; 13108 13109 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13110 Val = nullptr; 13111 13112 if (Val) 13113 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13114 13115 if (Val) { 13116 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13117 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13118 else { 13119 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13120 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13121 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13122 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13123 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13124 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13125 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13126 ExprResult Converted = 13127 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13128 CCEK_Enumerator); 13129 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13130 Val = nullptr; 13131 else 13132 Val = Converted.get(); 13133 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13134 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13135 &EnumVal).get())) { 13136 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13137 } else { 13138 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13139 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13140 13141 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13142 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13143 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13144 // expression checking. 13145 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13146 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13147 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13148 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13149 } else 13150 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13151 } else 13152 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13153 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13154 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13155 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13156 // is the type of its initializing value: 13157 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13158 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13159 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13160 } else { 13161 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13162 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13163 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13164 // representable as an int. 13165 13166 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13167 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13168 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13169 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13170 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13171 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13172 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13173 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13174 } 13175 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13176 } 13177 } 13178 } 13179 } 13180 13181 if (!Val) { 13182 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13183 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13184 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13185 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13186 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13187 // is the type of its initializing value: 13188 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13189 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13190 // 13191 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13192 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13193 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13194 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13195 } 13196 else { 13197 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13198 } 13199 } else { 13200 // Assign the last value + 1. 13201 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13202 ++EnumVal; 13203 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13204 13205 // Check for overflow on increment. 13206 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13207 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13208 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13209 // is the type of its initializing value: 13210 // 13211 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13212 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13213 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13214 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13215 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13216 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13217 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13218 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13219 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13220 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13221 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13222 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13223 ++EnumVal; 13224 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13225 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13226 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13227 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13228 << EltTy; 13229 else 13230 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13231 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13232 } else { 13233 EltTy = T; 13234 } 13235 13236 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13237 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13238 // value, then increment. 13239 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13240 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13241 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13242 ++EnumVal; 13243 13244 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13245 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13246 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13247 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13248 // integral type. 13249 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13250 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13251 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13252 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13253 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13254 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13255 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13256 } 13257 } 13258 } 13259 13260 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13261 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13262 // enumerator's type. 13263 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13264 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13265 } 13266 13267 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13268 Val, EnumVal); 13269 } 13270 13271 13272 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13273 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13274 AttributeList *Attr, 13275 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13276 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13277 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13278 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13279 13280 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13281 // we find one that is. 13282 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13283 13284 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13285 // scope. 13286 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13287 ForRedeclaration); 13288 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13289 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13290 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13291 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13292 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13293 } 13294 13295 if (PrevDecl) { 13296 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13297 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13298 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13299 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13300 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13301 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13302 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13303 else 13304 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13305 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13306 return nullptr; 13307 } 13308 } 13309 13310 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13311 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13312 // different from T: 13313 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13314 // enumerated type 13315 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13316 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13317 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13318 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13319 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13320 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13321 13322 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13323 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13324 13325 if (New) { 13326 // Process attributes. 13327 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13328 13329 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13330 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13331 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13332 } 13333 13334 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13335 13336 return New; 13337 } 13338 13339 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13340 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13341 // Element2 = Element1 13342 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13343 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13344 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13345 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13346 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13347 if (!InitExpr) 13348 return true; 13349 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13350 13351 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13352 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13353 return true; 13354 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13355 if (!IL) 13356 return true; 13357 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13358 return true; 13359 13360 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13361 } 13362 13363 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13364 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13365 if (!DRE) 13366 return true; 13367 13368 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13369 if (!EnumConstant) 13370 return true; 13371 13372 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13373 Enum) 13374 return true; 13375 13376 return false; 13377 } 13378 13379 struct DupKey { 13380 int64_t val; 13381 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13382 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13383 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13384 }; 13385 13386 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13387 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13388 false); 13389 } 13390 13391 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13392 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13393 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13394 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13395 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13396 } 13397 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13398 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13399 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13400 } 13401 }; 13402 13403 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13404 // a previous element has already been set to. 13405 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13406 EnumDecl *Enum, 13407 QualType EnumType) { 13408 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13409 return; 13410 // Avoid anonymous enums 13411 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13412 return; 13413 13414 // Only check for small enums. 13415 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13416 return; 13417 13418 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13419 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13420 13421 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13422 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13423 ValueToVectorMap; 13424 13425 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13426 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13427 13428 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13429 // an initialier. 13430 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13431 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13432 13433 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13434 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13435 if (!ECD) { 13436 return; 13437 } 13438 13439 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13440 continue; 13441 13442 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13443 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13444 13445 // First time encountering this value. 13446 if (Entry.isNull()) 13447 Entry = ECD; 13448 } 13449 13450 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13451 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13452 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13453 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13454 continue; 13455 13456 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13457 13458 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13459 if (Entry.isNull()) 13460 continue; 13461 13462 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13463 // Ensure constants are different. 13464 if (D == ECD) 13465 continue; 13466 13467 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13468 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13469 Vec->push_back(D); 13470 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13471 13472 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13473 Entry = Vec; 13474 13475 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13476 // diagnostics. 13477 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13478 continue; 13479 } 13480 13481 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13482 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13483 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13484 continue; 13485 13486 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13487 } 13488 13489 // Emit diagnostics. 13490 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13491 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13492 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13493 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13494 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13495 13496 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13497 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13498 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13499 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13500 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13501 ++I; 13502 13503 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13504 // the same value. 13505 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13506 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13507 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13508 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13509 delete Vec; 13510 } 13511 } 13512 13513 bool 13514 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13515 bool AllowMask) const { 13516 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13517 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13518 13519 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13520 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13521 13522 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13523 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13524 13525 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13526 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13527 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13528 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13529 // 13530 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13531 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13532 // likely a logic error. 13533 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13534 return true; 13535 13536 if (AllowMask) { 13537 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13538 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13539 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13540 // benefit of the doubt. 13541 // 13542 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13543 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13544 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13545 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13546 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13547 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13548 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13549 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13550 return true; 13551 } 13552 13553 return false; 13554 } 13555 13556 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13557 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13558 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13559 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13560 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13561 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13562 13563 if (Attr) 13564 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13565 13566 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13567 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13568 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13569 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13570 if (!ECD) continue; 13571 13572 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13573 } 13574 13575 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13576 return; 13577 } 13578 13579 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13580 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13581 // emit a warning. 13582 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13583 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13584 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13585 13586 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13587 // reverse the list. 13588 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13589 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13590 13591 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13592 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13593 13594 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13595 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13596 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13597 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13598 13599 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13600 13601 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13602 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13603 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13604 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13605 else 13606 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13607 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13608 13609 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13610 if (AllElementsInt) 13611 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13612 } 13613 13614 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13615 QualType BestType; 13616 unsigned BestWidth; 13617 13618 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13619 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13620 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13621 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13622 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13623 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13624 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13625 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13626 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13627 QualType BestPromotionType; 13628 13629 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13630 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13631 // enum definitions. 13632 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13633 Packed = true; 13634 13635 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13636 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13637 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13638 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13639 else 13640 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13641 13642 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 13643 } 13644 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13645 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13646 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13647 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13648 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13649 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13650 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13651 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13652 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13653 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13654 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13655 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13656 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13657 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13658 } else { 13659 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13660 13661 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13662 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13663 } else { 13664 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13665 13666 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13667 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13668 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13669 } 13670 } 13671 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13672 } else { 13673 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13674 // all of the enumerator values. 13675 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13676 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13677 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13678 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13679 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13680 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13681 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13682 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13683 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13684 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13685 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13686 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13687 BestPromotionType 13688 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13689 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13690 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13691 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13692 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13693 BestPromotionType 13694 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13695 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13696 } else { 13697 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13698 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13699 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13700 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13701 BestPromotionType 13702 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13703 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13704 } 13705 } 13706 13707 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13708 if (FEAttr) 13709 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 13710 13711 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13712 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 13713 // FlagBits cache. 13714 for (auto *D : Elements) { 13715 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13716 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13717 13718 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13719 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13720 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13721 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13722 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13723 13724 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13725 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13726 13727 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13728 // the enum decl type. 13729 QualType NewTy; 13730 unsigned NewWidth; 13731 bool NewSign; 13732 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13733 !Enum->isFixed() && 13734 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13735 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13736 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13737 NewSign = true; 13738 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13739 // Already the right type! 13740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13741 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13742 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13743 // enumeration. 13744 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13745 goto flagbits; 13746 } else { 13747 NewTy = BestType; 13748 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13749 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13750 } 13751 13752 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13753 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13754 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13755 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13756 13757 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13758 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13759 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13760 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13761 CK_IntegralCast, 13762 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13763 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13764 VK_RValue)); 13765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13766 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13767 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13768 // enumeration. 13769 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13770 else 13771 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13772 13773 flagbits: 13774 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 13775 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 13776 if (FEAttr) { 13777 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 13778 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 13779 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 13780 } 13781 } 13782 } 13783 13784 if (FEAttr) { 13785 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 13786 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13787 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13788 13789 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13790 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 13791 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 13792 << ECD << Enum; 13793 } 13794 } 13795 13796 13797 13798 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13799 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13800 13801 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13802 13803 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13804 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13805 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13806 } 13807 13808 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13809 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13810 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13811 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13812 13813 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13814 AsmString, StartLoc, 13815 EndLoc); 13816 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13817 return New; 13818 } 13819 13820 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13821 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13822 DeclContext *DC) { 13823 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13824 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13825 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13826 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13827 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13828 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13829 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13830 return; 13831 } 13832 break; 13833 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13834 break; 13835 } 13836 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13837 } 13838 13839 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13840 DC = DC->getParent(); 13841 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13842 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13843 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13844 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13845 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13846 << DC; 13847 } 13848 } 13849 13850 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13851 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13852 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13853 Module *Mod = 13854 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13855 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13856 if (!Mod) 13857 return true; 13858 13859 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13860 13861 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13862 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13863 // silently ignoring the import. 13864 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13865 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13866 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13867 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13868 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13869 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13870 13871 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13872 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13873 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13874 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13875 // We need the length to be consistent. 13876 if (!ModCheck) 13877 break; 13878 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13879 13880 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13881 } 13882 13883 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13884 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13885 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13886 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13887 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13888 return Import; 13889 } 13890 13891 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13892 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13893 13894 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13895 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13896 /*Complain=*/true); 13897 } 13898 13899 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13900 Module *Mod) { 13901 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13902 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13903 return; 13904 13905 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13906 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13907 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13908 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13909 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13910 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13911 13912 // Make the module visible. 13913 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13914 /*Complain=*/false); 13915 } 13916 13917 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13918 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13919 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13920 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13921 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13922 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13923 LookupOrdinaryName); 13924 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13925 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13926 13927 if (PrevDecl) 13928 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13929 else 13930 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13931 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13932 } 13933 13934 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13935 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13936 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13937 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13938 13939 if (PrevDecl) { 13940 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13941 } else { 13942 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13943 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13944 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13945 } 13946 } 13947 13948 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13949 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13950 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13951 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13952 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13953 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13954 LookupOrdinaryName); 13955 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13956 13957 if (PrevDecl) { 13958 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13959 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13960 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13961 } else { 13962 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13963 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13964 } 13965 } 13966 13967 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13968 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13969 } 13970 13971 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13972 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13973 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13974 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13975 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13976 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13977 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13978 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13979 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13980 if (R != AR_Available) 13981 return R; 13982 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13983 } 13984 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13985 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13986 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13987 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13988 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13989 } 13990 // Recover from user error. 13991 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 13992 } 13993